Qiea/stm32-cnn
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

The Firest Version

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Qiea
2024-11-01 22:38:48 +08:00
parent 8dc9a9f472
commit a19f47efca
416 changed files with 240428 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

538
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief HAL module driver.
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
[..]
The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
(+) Common HAL APIs
(+) Services HAL APIs
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL HAL
* @brief HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief STM32F4xx HAL Driver version number V1.4.2
*/
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x04) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x02) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
|(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
|(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\
|(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF)
/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
/* --- MEMRMP Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of UFB_MODE bit */
#define MEMRMP_OFFSET SYSCFG_OFFSET
#define UFB_MODE_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_UFB_MODE)
#define UFB_MODE_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32) + (UFB_MODE_BIT_NUMBER * 4))
/* --- CMPCR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of CMP_PD bit */
#define CMPCR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x20)
#define CMP_PD_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(SYSCFG_CMPCR_CMP_PD)
#define CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMPCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CMP_PD_BIT_NUMBER * 4))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
static __IO uint32_t uwTick;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initializes the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial clock
configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
and the backup domain when enabled.
(+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL
(+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
Tick interrupt priority.
(++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
handled in milliseconds basis.
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
ISR process will be blocked.
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first
* instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other
* HAL function), it performs the following:
* Configure the Flash prefetch, instruction and Data caches.
* Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond,
* which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet
* configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz).
* Set NVIC Group Priority to 4.
* Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file
* "stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization
*
* @note SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application
* need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond
* to have correct HAL operation.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
{
/* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache */
#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE != 0)
__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE();
#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */
#if (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE != 0)
__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_ENABLE();
#endif /* DATA_CACHE_ENABLE */
#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
/* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2);//<2F>ж<EFBFBD><D0B6><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ȼ<EFBFBD><C8BC><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>2
/* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
* This function is optional.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset of all peripherals */
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspDeInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
UNUSED(tmpreg);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
UNUSED(tmpreg);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
* The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
* The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementation in user file.
* @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
/*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()/1000);
/*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
* @brief HAL Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
(+) Get the device identifier
(+) Get the device revision identifier
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
* used as application time base.
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
* in Systick ISR.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
{
uwTick++;
}
/**
* @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval tick value
*/
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
{
return uwTick;
}
/**
* @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
* on variable incremented.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
* is incremented.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @param Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < Delay)
{
}
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
* is suspended.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
* is resumed.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the HAL revision
* @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
{
return __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
* @retval Device revision identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
{
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
{
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @brief Enables the I/O Compensation Cell.
* @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
* voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableCompensationCell(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Power-down the I/O Compensation Cell.
* @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
* voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableCompensationCell(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Enables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
*
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices.
*
* @note Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000)
* and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
*
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices.
*
* @note The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x0000 0000)
* and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1429
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

874
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,874 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the ADC extension peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#)Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit():
(##) Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE()
(##) ADC pins configuration
(+++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()
(+++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
(##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT())
(+++) Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
(+++) Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
(+++) In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
(##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA())
(+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
(+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data
transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream)
(+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the ADC DMA handle
using __HAL_LINKDMA()
(+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
priority than the input stream.
(#) Configure the ADC Prescaler, conversion resolution and data alignment
using the HAL_ADC_Init() function.
(#) Configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use HAL_ADC_Init()
and HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel() functions.
(#) Three operation modes are available within this driver :
*** Polling mode IO operation ***
=================================
[..]
(+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart()
(+) Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage
user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application
(+) To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue() function.
(+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop()
*** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
===================================
[..]
(+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT()
(+) Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
(+) At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
(+) In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback
(+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT()
*** DMA mode IO operation ***
==============================
[..]
(+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
(+) At The end of data transfer ba HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
(+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback
(+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_DMA()
*** Multi mode ADCs Regular channels configuration ***
======================================================
[..]
(+) Select the Multi mode ADC regular channels features (dual or triple mode)
and configure the DMA mode using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel() functions.
(+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
(+) Read the ADCs converted values using the HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue() function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx
* @brief ADC Extended driver modules
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADCEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
static void ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void ADC_MultiModeDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start conversion of injected channel.
(+) Stop conversion of injected channel.
(+) Start multimode and enable DMA transfer.
(+) Stop multimode and disable DMA transfer.
(+) Get result of injected channel conversion.
(+) Get result of multimode conversion.
(+) Configure injected channels.
(+) Configure multimode.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected channels.
* @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
{
__IO uint32_t counter = 0;
uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
/* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */
if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG)
{
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG;
}
else
{
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ;
}
/* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
{
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
/* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
/* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
while(counter != 0)
{
counter--;
}
}
/* Check if Multimode enabled */
if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI))
{
tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
if(tmp1 && tmp2)
{
/* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
}
}
else
{
tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && tmp1 && tmp2)
{
/* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
}
}
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of injected channels.
* @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
*
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
{
__IO uint32_t counter = 0;
uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 =0;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
/* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */
if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG)
{
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG;
}
else
{
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ;
}
/* Set ADC error code to none */
hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE;
/* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
{
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
/* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
/* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
while(counter != 0)
{
counter--;
}
}
/* Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC);
/* Enable the ADC overrun interrupt */
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
/* Check if Multimode enabled */
if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI))
{
tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
if(tmp1 && tmp2)
{
/* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
}
}
else
{
tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && tmp1 && tmp2)
{
/* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
}
}
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables ADC and stop conversion of injected channels.
*
* @note Caution: This function will stop also regular channels.
*
* @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
{
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Poll for injected conversion complete
* @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
* @param Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Check End of conversion flag */
while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC)))
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
{
hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Check if a regular conversion is ready */
if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG)
{
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
}
else
{
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ;
}
/* Return ADC state */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of injected channels.
*
* @note Caution: This function will stop also regular channels.
*
* @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
{
/* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
/* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_CR1_JEOCIE);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Gets the converted value from data register of injected channel.
* @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
* @param InjectedRank: the ADC injected rank.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: Injected Channel1 selected
* @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2: Injected Channel2 selected
* @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3: Injected Channel3 selected
* @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4: Injected Channel4 selected
* @retval None
*/
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t InjectedRank)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(InjectedRank));
/* Clear the ADCx's flag for injected end of conversion */
__HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_JEOC);
/* Return the selected ADC converted value */
switch(InjectedRank)
{
case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4:
{
tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR4;
}
break;
case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3:
{
tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR3;
}
break;
case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2:
{
tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR2;
}
break;
case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1:
{
tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR1;
}
break;
default:
break;
}
return tmp;
}
/**
* @brief Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Multi-ADC mode) and enables ADC peripheral
*
* @note Caution: This function must be used only with the ADC master.
*
* @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
* @param pData: Pointer to buffer in which transferred from ADC peripheral to memory will be stored.
* @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length)
{
__IO uint32_t counter = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
/* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
if (hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */
ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_DDS;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */
ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CCR_DDS;
}
/* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */
hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt;
/* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */
hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt;
/* Set the DMA error callback */
hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAError ;
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&ADC->CDR, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG;
/* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
{
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
/* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
/* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
while(counter != 0)
{
counter--;
}
}
/* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)
{
/* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
}
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables ADC DMA (multi-ADC mode) and disables ADC peripheral
* @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
/* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
/* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */
ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CCR_DDS;
/* Disable the ADC DMA Stream */
HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle);
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions results
* data in the selected multi mode.
* @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
* @retval The converted data value.
*/
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
{
/* Return the multi mode conversion value */
return ADC->CDR;
}
/**
* @brief Injected conversion complete callback in non blocking mode
* @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hadc);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_ADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding
* rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
* @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
* @param sConfigInjected: ADC configuration structure for injected channel.
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef* sConfigInjected)
{
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
uint32_t tmp = 0;
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel));
assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank));
assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime));
assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv));
assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode));
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
tmp = ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc);
assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset));
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
if(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge != ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START)
{
assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge));
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
/* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */
if (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel > ADC_CHANNEL_9)
{
/* Clear the old sample time */
hadc->Instance->SMPR1 &= ~ADC_SMPR1(ADC_SMPR1_SMP10, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
/* Set the new sample time */
hadc->Instance->SMPR1 |= ADC_SMPR1(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
}
else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */
{
/* Clear the old sample time */
hadc->Instance->SMPR2 &= ~ADC_SMPR2(ADC_SMPR2_SMP0, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
/* Set the new sample time */
hadc->Instance->SMPR2 |= ADC_SMPR2(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
}
/*---------------------------- ADCx JSQR Configuration -----------------*/
hadc->Instance->JSQR &= ~(ADC_JSQR_JL);
hadc->Instance->JSQR |= ADC_SQR1(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion);
/* Rank configuration */
/* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
hadc->Instance->JSQR &= ~ADC_JSQR(ADC_JSQR_JSQ1, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank,sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion);
/* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
hadc->Instance->JSQR |= ADC_JSQR(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank,sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion);
/* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of software */
/* start. */
/* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter */
/* ExternalTrigConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to */
/* software start. */
if(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv != ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START)
{
/* Select external trigger to start conversion */
hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL);
hadc->Instance->CR2 |= sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv;
/* Select external trigger polarity */
hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
hadc->Instance->CR2 |= sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge;
}
else
{
/* Reset the external trigger */
hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL);
hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
}
if (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */
hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JAUTO;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */
hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
}
if (sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */
hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JDISCEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */
hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_JDISCEN);
}
switch(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank)
{
case 1:
/* Set injected channel 1 offset */
hadc->Instance->JOFR1 &= ~(ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1);
hadc->Instance->JOFR1 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
break;
case 2:
/* Set injected channel 2 offset */
hadc->Instance->JOFR2 &= ~(ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2);
hadc->Instance->JOFR2 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
break;
case 3:
/* Set injected channel 3 offset */
hadc->Instance->JOFR3 &= ~(ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3);
hadc->Instance->JOFR3 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
break;
default:
/* Set injected channel 4 offset */
hadc->Instance->JOFR4 &= ~(ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4);
hadc->Instance->JOFR4 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
break;
}
/* if ADC1 Channel_18 is selected enable VBAT Channel */
if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT))
{
/* Enable the VBAT channel*/
ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_VBATE;
}
/* if ADC1 Channel_16 or Channel_17 is selected enable TSVREFE Channel(Temperature sensor and VREFINT) */
if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT)))
{
/* Enable the TSVREFE channel*/
ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_TSVREFE;
}
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the ADC multi-mode
* @param hadc : pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified ADC.
* @param multimode : pointer to an ADC_MultiModeTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for multimode.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_MultiModeTypeDef* multimode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(multimode->Mode));
assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(multimode->DMAAccessMode));
assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(multimode->TwoSamplingDelay));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
/* Set ADC mode */
ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_MULTI);
ADC->CCR |= multimode->Mode;
/* Set the ADC DMA access mode */
ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_DMA);
ADC->CCR |= multimode->DMAAccessMode;
/* Set delay between two sampling phases */
ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_DELAY);
ADC->CCR |= multimode->TwoSamplingDelay;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @brief DMA transfer complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
/* Check if an injected conversion is ready */
if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ)
{
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
}
else
{
/* Change ADC state */
hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG;
}
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc);
}
/**
* @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
/* Conversion complete callback */
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc);
}
/**
* @brief DMA error callback
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void ADC_MultiModeDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR;
/* Set ADC error code to DMA error */
hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA;
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc);
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1445
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_can.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1117
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cec.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

486
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
===========================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
(#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
function according to the following table.
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) please refer to programing manual for details in how to configure priority.
-@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
-@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
(+@) Lowest preemption priority
(+@) Lowest sub priority
(+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
[..]
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
========================================================
[..]
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
is a CMSIS function that:
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
inside the stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h file.
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
Systick functionalities
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority)
* using the required unlock sequence.
* @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @param PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
* @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
{
uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
}
/**
* @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
* function should be called before.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Enable interrupt */
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Disable interrupt */
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
/* System Reset */
NVIC_SystemReset();
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
* @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
* - 1 Function failed.
*/
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
{
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Cortex control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
/**
* @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
* @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the initialization and configuration information.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
/* Set the Region number */
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
}
else
{
MPU->RBAR = 0x00;
MPU->RASR = 0x00;
}
}
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
* @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
{
/* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
}
/**
* @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
* @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
}
/**
* @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Set interrupt pending */
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
* and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Clear pending interrupt */
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if active else 0 */
return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
* @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
{
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
else
{
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
}
/**
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
UNUSED(tmpreg);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

346
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The CRC HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
(#) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of
a 32-bit data buffer using combination of the previous CRC value
and the new one.
(#) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC Value of
a new 32-bit data buffer. This function resets the CRC computation
unit before starting the computation to avoid getting wrong CRC values.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
(+) Initialize the CRC MSP
(+) DeInitialize CRC MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the CRC according to the specified
* parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
* @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRC
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if(hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the CRC peripheral.
* @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRC
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if(hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRC
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRC
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer,
using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
(+) Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer,
independently of the previous CRC value.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer using combination
* of the previous CRC value and the new one.
* @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRC
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed
* @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed
* @retval 32-bit CRC
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer independently
* of the previous CRC value.
* @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRC
* @param pBuffer: Pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed
* @param BufferLength: Length of the buffer to be computed
* @retval 32-bit CRC
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC Calculation Unit */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
/* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the CRC state.
* @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRC
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
return hcrc->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

3823
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3043
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

965
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,965 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief DAC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State and Errors functions
*
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### DAC Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** DAC Channels ***
====================
[..]
The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can
be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
(#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
(#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output
*** DAC Triggers ***
====================
[..]
Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE
and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register.
[..]
Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
(#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9.
The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode.
(#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8
(DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO...)
(#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
*** DAC Buffer mode feature ***
===============================
[..]
Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to
reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly
without having to add an external operational amplifier.
To enable, the output buffer use
sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE;
[..]
(@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output
impedance value with and without output buffer.
*** DAC wave generation feature ***
===================================
[..]
Both DAC channels can be used to generate
(#) Noise wave
(#) Triangle wave
*** DAC data format ***
=======================
[..]
The DAC data format can be:
(#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
(#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
(#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
*** DAC data value to voltage correspondence ***
================================================
[..]
The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined
by the following equation:
DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095
with DOR is the Data Output Register
VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet)
e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use
Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
*** DMA requests ***
=====================
[..]
A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not
a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
[..]
DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
(#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 Stream5 channel7 which must be
already configured
(#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 Stream6 channel7 which must be
already configured
-@- For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please
refer to Extension Features Driver description
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC
registers using HAL_DAC_Init()
(+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
(+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
(+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions
*** Polling mode IO operation ***
=================================
[..]
(+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start()
(+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
(+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
*** DMA mode IO operation ***
==============================
[..]
(+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
(+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2()
function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
(+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
(+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
*** DAC HAL driver macros list ***
=============================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
(+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
(+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
(+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
[..]
(@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DAC DAC
* @brief DAC driver modules
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F446xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the DAC.
(+) De-initialize the DAC.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters
* in the DAC_InitStruct.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Check DAC handle */
if(hdac == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac);
}
/* Initialize the DAC state*/
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Set DAC error code to none */
hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DAC state*/
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Check DAC handle */
if(hdac == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac);
/* Set DAC error code to none */
hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the DAC MSP.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the DAC MSP.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start conversion.
(+) Stop conversion.
(+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
(+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
(+) Get result of conversion.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
{
uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
{
tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN1;
tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL1;
/* Check if software trigger enabled */
if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN1) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL1))
{
/* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */
hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1;
}
}
else
{
tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN2;
tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL2;
/* Check if software trigger enabled */
if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN2) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL2))
{
/* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/
hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2;
}
}
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
* @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
* @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
{
/* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */
hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1;
/* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */
hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1;
/* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */
hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1;
/* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
/* Case of use of channel 1 */
switch(Alignment)
{
case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
/* Get DHR12R1 address */
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1;
break;
case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
/* Get DHR12L1 address */
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1;
break;
case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
/* Get DHR8R1 address */
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */
hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2;
/* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */
hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2;
/* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */
hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2;
/* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */
hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN2;
/* Case of use of channel 2 */
switch(Alignment)
{
case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
/* Get DHR12R2 address */
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2;
break;
case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
/* Get DHR12L2 address */
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2;
break;
case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
/* Get DHR8R2 address */
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
{
/* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
}
else
{
/* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2);
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
}
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel);
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
/* Disable the DMA Channel */
/* Channel1 is used */
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
{
status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1);
}
else /* Channel2 is used for */
{
status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2);
}
/* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */
if(status != HAL_OK)
{
/* Update DAC state machine to error */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
*/
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
{
return hdac->Instance->DOR1;
}
else
{
return hdac->Instance->DOR2;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handles DAC interrupt request
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Check underrun channel 1 flag */
if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1))
{
/* Change DAC state to error state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
/* Set DAC error code to channel1 DMA underrun error */
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1;
/* Clear the underrun flag */
__HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1);
/* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
/* Error callback */
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac);
}
/* Check underrun channel 2 flag */
if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2))
{
/* Change DAC state to error state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
/* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2;
/* Clear the underrun flag */
__HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2);
/* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN2;
/* Error callback */
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac);
}
}
/**
* @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Error DAC callback for Channel1.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure channels.
(+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the selected DAC channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
{
uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
/* Check the DAC parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer));
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get the DAC CR value */
tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CR;
/* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */
tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel);
/* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */
/* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
/* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */
tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer);
/* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel;
/* Write to DAC CR */
hdac->Instance->CR = tmpreg1;
/* Disable wave generation */
hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_WAVE1 << Channel);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
* @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
{
tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
}
else
{
tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
}
/* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
* @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides functions allowing to
(+) Check the DAC state.
(+) Check the DAC Errors.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief return the DAC state
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Return DAC state */
return hdac->State;
}
/**
* @brief Return the DAC error code
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval DAC Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
return hdac->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
/* Conversion complete callback */
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
}
/**
* @brief DMA error callback
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
/* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac);
hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx ||\
STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx ||\
STM32F410xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

390
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief DAC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of DAC extension peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2.
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
* @brief DAC driver modules
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F446xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start conversion.
(+) Stop conversion.
(+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
(+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
(+) Get result of conversion.
(+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
*/
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16;
/* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
return tmp;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2
* @param Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << Channel);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2
* @param Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << Channel);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
* @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
* DAC channels at the same time.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
{
uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
/* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1;
}
else
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1;
}
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
/* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
/* Conversion complete callback */
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
}
/**
* @brief DMA error callback
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
/* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx ||\
STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx ||\
STM32F410xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

844
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,844 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief DCMI HAL module driver
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Digital Camera Interface (DCMI) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State and Error functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The sequence below describes how to use this driver to capture image
from a camera module connected to the DCMI Interface.
This sequence does not take into account the configuration of the
camera module, which should be made before to configure and enable
the DCMI to capture images.
(#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
horizontal and vertical polarity, pixel clock polarity, Capture Rate,
Synchronization Mode, code of the frame delimiter and data width
using HAL_DCMI_Init() function.
(#) Configure the DMA2_Stream1 channel1 to transfer Data from DCMI DR
register to the destination memory buffer.
(#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
DCMI mode, destination memory Buffer address and the data length
and enable capture using HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA() function.
(#) Optionally, configure and Enable the CROP feature to select a rectangular
window from the received image using HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop()
and HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP() functions
(#) The capture can be stopped using HAL_DCMI_Stop() function.
(#) To control DCMI state you can use the function HAL_DCMI_GetState().
*** DCMI HAL driver macros list ***
=============================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in DCMI HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE: Enable the DCMI peripheral.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE: Disable the DCMI peripheral.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG: Get the DCMI pending flags.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DCMI pending flags.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DCMI interrupts.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DCMI interrupts.
(+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DCMI interrupt has occurred or not.
[..]
(@) You can refer to the DCMI HAL driver header file for more useful macros
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DCMI DCMI
* @brief DCMI HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) ||\
defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) ||\
defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
static void DCMI_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
static void DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions DCMI Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the DCMI
(+) De-initialize the DCMI
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the DCMI according to the specified
* parameters in the DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Check the DCMI peripheral state */
if(hdcmi == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_DCMI_ALL_INSTANCE(hdcmi->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_MODE_JPEG(hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode));
if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hdcmi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_DCMI_MspInit(hdcmi);
}
/* Change the DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | DCMI_CR_HSPOL | DCMI_CR_VSPOL | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 |
DCMI_CR_EDM_1 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_JPEG |
DCMI_CR_ESS);
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode | hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate | \
hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity | hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity | \
hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity | hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode | \
hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode);
if(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode == DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED)
{
DCMI->ESCR = (((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameStartCode) |
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineStartCode << 8)|
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineEndCode << 16) |
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameEndCode << 24));
}
/* Enable the Line interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE);
/* Enable the VSYNC interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC);
/* Enable the Frame capture complete interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
/* Enable the Synchronization error interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR);
/* Enable the Overflow interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF);
/* Enable DCMI by setting DCMIEN bit */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE(hdcmi);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the DCMI peripheral registers to their default reset
* values.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(hdcmi);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the DCMI MSP.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdcmi);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the DCMI MSP.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdcmi);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure destination address and data length and
Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture
(+) Stop the DCMI capture.
(+) Handles DCMI interrupt request.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @param DCMI_Mode: DCMI capture mode snapshot or continuous grab.
* @param pData: The destination memory Buffer address (LCD Frame buffer).
* @param Length: The length of capture to be transferred.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi, uint32_t DCMI_Mode, uint32_t pData, uint32_t Length)
{
/* Initialize the second memory address */
uint32_t SecondMemAddress = 0;
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_Mode));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_Mode));
/* Configure the DCMI Mode */
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CM);
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(DCMI_Mode);
/* Set the DMA memory0 conversion complete callback */
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = DCMI_DMAConvCplt;
/* Set the DMA error callback */
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = DCMI_DMAError;
if(Length <= 0xFFFF)
{
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
}
else /* DCMI_DOUBLE_BUFFER Mode */
{
/* Set the DMA memory1 conversion complete callback */
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferM1CpltCallback = DCMI_DMAConvCplt;
/* Initialize transfer parameters */
hdcmi->XferCount = 1;
hdcmi->XferSize = Length;
hdcmi->pBuffPtr = pData;
/* Get the number of buffer */
while(hdcmi->XferSize > 0xFFFF)
{
hdcmi->XferSize = (hdcmi->XferSize/2);
hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferCount*2;
}
/* Update DCMI counter and transfer number*/
hdcmi->XferCount = (hdcmi->XferCount - 2);
hdcmi->XferTransferNumber = hdcmi->XferCount;
/* Update second memory address */
SecondMemAddress = (uint32_t)(pData + (4*hdcmi->XferSize));
/* Start DMA multi buffer transfer */
HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, SecondMemAddress, hdcmi->XferSize);
}
/* Enable Capture */
DCMI->CR |= DCMI_CR_CAPTURE;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable DCMI DMA request and Disable DCMI capture
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Stop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE(hdcmi);
/* Disable Capture */
DCMI->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CAPTURE);
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Check if the DCMI capture effectively disabled */
while((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CAPTURE) != 0)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP)
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
/* Change DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Disable the DMA */
HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
/* Change DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handles DCMI interrupt request.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Synchronization error interrupt management *******************************/
if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR) != RESET)
{
/* Disable the Synchronization error interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR);
/* Clear the Synchronization error flag */
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_SYNC;
/* Change DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* Abort the DMA Transfer */
HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
/* Synchronization error Callback */
HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi);
}
}
/* Overflow interrupt management ********************************************/
if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF) != RESET)
{
/* Disable the Overflow interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF);
/* Clear the Overflow flag */
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_OVF;
/* Change DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* Abort the DMA Transfer */
HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
/* Overflow Callback */
HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi);
}
}
/* Line Interrupt management ************************************************/
if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_LINERI) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE) != RESET)
{
/* Clear the Line interrupt flag */
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_LINERI);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* Line interrupt Callback */
HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(hdcmi);
}
}
/* VSYNC interrupt management ***********************************************/
if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC) != RESET)
{
/* Disable the VSYNC interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC);
/* Clear the VSYNC flag */
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* VSYNC Callback */
HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(hdcmi);
}
}
/* End of Frame interrupt management ****************************************/
if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME) != RESET)
{
/* Disable the End of Frame interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
/* Clear the End of Frame flag */
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* End of Frame Callback */
HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(hdcmi);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Error DCMI callback.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdcmi);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Line Event callback.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdcmi);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief VSYNC Event callback.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdcmi);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Frame Event callback.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdcmi);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the CROP feature.
(+) Enable/Disable the CROP feature.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the DCMI CROP coordinate.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @param X0: DCMI window X offset
* @param Y0: DCMI window Y offset
* @param XSize: DCMI Pixel per line
* @param YSize: DCMI Line number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_ConfigCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0, uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(X0));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(YSize));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(XSize));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_HEIGHT(Y0));
/* Configure CROP */
DCMI->CWSIZER = (XSize | (YSize << 16));
DCMI->CWSTRTR = (X0 | (Y0 << 16));
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Crop feature.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DisableCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable DCMI Crop feature */
DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP;
/* Change the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Crop feature.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable DCMI Crop feature */
DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP;
/* Change the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides functions allowing to
(+) Check the DCMI state.
(+) Get the specific DCMI error flag.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the DCMI state
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef HAL_DCMI_GetState(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
return hdcmi->State;
}
/**
* @brief Return the DCMI error code
* @param hdcmi : pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval DCMI Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_DCMI_GetError(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
return hdcmi->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DCMI_Private_Functions DCMI Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void DCMI_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
hdcmi->State= HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
if(hdcmi->XferCount != 0)
{
/* Update memory 0 address location */
tmp = ((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR) & DMA_SxCR_CT);
if(((hdcmi->XferCount % 2) == 0) && (tmp != 0))
{
tmp = hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M0AR;
HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY0);
hdcmi->XferCount--;
}
/* Update memory 1 address location */
else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
{
tmp = hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M1AR;
HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY1);
hdcmi->XferCount--;
}
}
/* Update memory 0 address location */
else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
{
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M0AR = hdcmi->pBuffPtr;
}
/* Update memory 1 address location */
else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
{
tmp = hdcmi->pBuffPtr;
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M1AR = (tmp + (4*hdcmi->XferSize));
hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferTransferNumber;
}
if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) != RESET)
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
/* FRAME Callback */
HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(hdcmi);
}
}
/**
* @brief DMA error callback
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
static void DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
hdcmi->State= HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx ||\
STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx ||\
STM32F479xx */
#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

214
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief DCMI Extension HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of DCMI extension peripheral:
* + Extension features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### DCMI peripheral extension features #####
==============================================================================
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the DCMI interface for STM32F446xx
devices contains the following additional features :
(+) Support of Black and White cameras
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] This driver provides functions to manage the Black and White feature
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DCMIEx DCMIEx
* @brief DCMI Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) ||\
defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DCMIEx_Exported_Functions DCMI Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DCMIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the DCMI
(+) De-initialize the DCMI
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the DCMI according to the specified
* parameters in the DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for DCMI.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
{
/* Check the DCMI peripheral state */
if(hdcmi == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_DCMI_ALL_INSTANCE(hdcmi->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_MODE_JPEG(hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode));
#if defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode));
assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart));
#endif /* STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_DCMI_MspInit(hdcmi);
}
/* Change the DCMI state */
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
/* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | DCMI_CR_HSPOL | DCMI_CR_VSPOL | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 |\
DCMI_CR_EDM_1 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_JPEG |\
DCMI_CR_ESS
#if defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
| DCMI_CR_BSM_0 | DCMI_CR_BSM_1 | DCMI_CR_OEBS |\
DCMI_CR_LSM | DCMI_CR_OELS
#endif /* STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
);
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode | hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate |\
hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity | hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity |\
hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity | hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode |\
hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode
#if defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
| hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode |\
hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart | hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode |\
hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart
#endif /* STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
);
if(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode == DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED)
{
DCMI->ESCR = (((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameStartCode) |
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineStartCode << 8)|
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineEndCode << 16) |
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameEndCode << 24));
}
/* Enable the Line interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE);
/* Enable the VSYNC interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC);
/* Enable the Frame capture complete interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
/* Enable the Synchronization error interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR);
/* Enable the Overflow interrupt */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF);
/* Enable DCMI by setting DCMIEN bit */
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE(hdcmi);
/* Update error code */
hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx ||\
STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

956
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,956 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief DMA HAL module driver.
*
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral State and errors functions
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Stream
(except for internal SRAM/FLASH memories: no initialization is
necessary) please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals
and DMA requests .
(#) For a given Stream, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode, Stream Priority level,
Source and Destination Increment mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed),
Burst mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed) using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
*** Polling mode IO operation ***
=================================
[..]
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
(+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
*** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
===================================
[..]
(+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
(+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. In this
case the DMA interrupt is configured
(+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
(+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure).
[..]
(#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
detection.
(#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
-@- The FIFO is used mainly to reduce bus usage and to allow data packing/unpacking: it is
possible to set different Data Sizes for the Peripheral and the Memory (ie. you can set
Half-Word data size for the peripheral to access its data register and set Word data size
for the Memory to gain in access time. Each two half words will be packed and written in
a single access to a Word in the Memory).
-@- When FIFO is disabled, it is not allowed to configure different Data Sizes for Source
and Destination. In this case the Peripheral Data Size will be applied to both Source
and Destination.
*** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
=============================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Stream.
(+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Stream.
(+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
(+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Stream interrupt has occurred or not.
[..]
(@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA DMA
* @brief DMA HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
__IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< DMA interrupt status register */
__IO uint32_t Reserved0;
__IO uint32_t IFCR; /*!< DMA interrupt flag clear register */
} DMA_Base_Registers;
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
static uint32_t DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Stream source
and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Stream priority value.
[..]
The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
reference manual.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the DMA according to the specified
* parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the DMA peripheral state */
if(hdma == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_STREAM_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DMA_CHANNEL(hdma->Init.Channel));
assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(hdma->Init.FIFOMode));
/* Check the memory burst, peripheral burst and FIFO threshold parameters only
when FIFO mode is enabled */
if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode != DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(hdma->Init.MemBurst));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(hdma->Init.PeriphBurst));
}
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get the CR register value */
tmp = hdma->Instance->CR;
/* Clear CHSEL, MBURST, PBURST, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR, CT and DBM bits */
tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_SxCR_CHSEL | DMA_SxCR_MBURST | DMA_SxCR_PBURST | \
DMA_SxCR_PL | DMA_SxCR_MSIZE | DMA_SxCR_PSIZE | \
DMA_SxCR_MINC | DMA_SxCR_PINC | DMA_SxCR_CIRC | \
DMA_SxCR_DIR | DMA_SxCR_CT | DMA_SxCR_DBM));
/* Prepare the DMA Stream configuration */
tmp |= hdma->Init.Channel | hdma->Init.Direction |
hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc |
hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority;
/* the Memory burst and peripheral burst are not used when the FIFO is disabled */
if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
{
/* Get memory burst and peripheral burst */
tmp |= hdma->Init.MemBurst | hdma->Init.PeriphBurst;
}
/* Write to DMA Stream CR register */
hdma->Instance->CR = tmp;
/* Get the FCR register value */
tmp = hdma->Instance->FCR;
/* Clear Direct mode and FIFO threshold bits */
tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS | DMA_SxFCR_FTH);
/* Prepare the DMA Stream FIFO configuration */
tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOMode;
/* the FIFO threshold is not used when the FIFO mode is disabled */
if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
{
/* Get the FIFO threshold */
tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold;
}
/* Write to DMA Stream FCR */
hdma->Instance->FCR = tmp;
/* Initialize StreamBaseAddress and StreamIndex parameters to be used to calculate
DMA steam Base Address needed by HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() and HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() */
DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
/* Initialize the error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the DMA peripheral
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DMA_Base_Registers *regs;
/* Check the DMA peripheral state */
if(hdma == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the DMA peripheral state */
if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Disable the selected DMA Streamx */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Reset DMA Streamx control register */
hdma->Instance->CR = 0;
/* Reset DMA Streamx number of data to transfer register */
hdma->Instance->NDTR = 0;
/* Reset DMA Streamx peripheral address register */
hdma->Instance->PAR = 0;
/* Reset DMA Streamx memory 0 address register */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = 0;
/* Reset DMA Streamx memory 1 address register */
hdma->Instance->M1AR = 0;
/* Reset DMA Streamx FIFO control register */
hdma->Instance->FCR = (uint32_t)0x00000021;
/* Get DMA steam Base Address */
regs = (DMA_Base_Registers *)DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
/* Clear all interrupt flags at correct offset within the register */
regs->IFCR = 0x3F << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Initialize the error code */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Initialize the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start DMA transfer with interrupt
(+) Abort DMA transfer
(+) Poll for transfer complete
(+) Handle DMA interrupt request
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Starts the DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable all interrupts */
hdma->Instance->CR |= DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_DME;
hdma->Instance->FCR |= DMA_IT_FE;
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
*
* @note After disabling a DMA Stream, a check for wait until the DMA Stream is
* effectively disabled is added. If a Stream is disabled
* while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred
* and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of
* this single data is finished.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
/* Disable the stream */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Check if the DMA Stream is effectively disabled */
while((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_EN) != 0)
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT)
{
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
/* Change the DMA state*/
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Polling for transfer complete.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t temp, tmp, tmp1, tmp2;
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
/* calculate DMA base and stream number */
DMA_Base_Registers *regs;
regs = (DMA_Base_Registers *)hdma->StreamBaseAddress;
/* Get the level transfer complete flag */
if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
{
/* Transfer Complete flag */
temp = DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
}
else
{
/* Half Transfer Complete flag */
temp = DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
}
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while((regs->ISR & temp) == RESET)
{
tmp = regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex);
tmp1 = regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex);
tmp2 = regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex);
if((tmp != RESET) || (tmp1 != RESET) || (tmp2 != RESET))
{
if(tmp != RESET)
{
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
/* Clear the transfer error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
}
if(tmp1 != RESET)
{
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE;
/* Clear the FIFO error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
}
if(tmp2 != RESET)
{
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME;
/* Clear the Direct Mode error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
}
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check for the Timeout */
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
{
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
{
/* Clear the half transfer and transfer complete flags */
regs->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 | DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4) << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
{
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM1;
}
}
else
{
/* The selected Streamx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and all transfers
are complete) */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
}
else
{
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
{
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1;
}
}
else
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handles DMA interrupt request.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* calculate DMA base and stream number */
DMA_Base_Registers *regs;
regs = (DMA_Base_Registers *)hdma->StreamBaseAddress;
/* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
if ((regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex)) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TE) != RESET)
{
/* Disable the transfer error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
/* Clear the transfer error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
/* FIFO Error Interrupt management ******************************************/
if ((regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex)) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_FE) != RESET)
{
/* Disable the FIFO Error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE);
/* Clear the FIFO error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
/* Direct Mode Error Interrupt management ***********************************/
if ((regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex)) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_DME) != RESET)
{
/* Disable the direct mode Error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME);
/* Clear the direct mode error flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
/* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
if ((regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex)) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_HT) != RESET)
{
/* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
{
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
{
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1;
}
}
else
{
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
{
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
}
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
}
if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Half transfer callback */
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
/* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
if ((regs->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex)) != RESET)
{
if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TC) != RESET)
{
if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
{
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
{
if(hdma->XferM1CpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer complete Callback for memory1 */
hdma->XferM1CpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
{
if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer complete Callback for memory0 */
hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
/* Disable the transfer complete interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
else
{
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
{
/* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
}
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
regs->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4 << hdma->StreamIndex;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
/* Change the DMA state */
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer complete callback */
hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### State and Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides functions allowing to
(+) Check the DMA state
(+) Get error code
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the DMA state.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
return hdma->State;
}
/**
* @brief Return the DMA error code
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval DMA Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
return hdma->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Clear DBM bit */
hdma->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)(~DMA_SxCR_DBM);
/* Configure DMA Stream data length */
hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength;
/* Peripheral to Memory */
if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
{
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress;
}
/* Memory to Peripheral */
else
{
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress;
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the DMA Stream base address depending on stream number
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @retval Stream base address
*/
static uint32_t DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
uint32_t stream_number = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance & 0xFF) - 16) / 24;
/* lookup table for necessary bitshift of flags within status registers */
static const uint8_t flagBitshiftOffset[8] = {0, 6, 16, 22, 0, 6, 16, 22};
hdma->StreamIndex = flagBitshiftOffset[stream_number];
if (stream_number > 3)
{
/* return pointer to HISR and HIFCR */
hdma->StreamBaseAddress = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance & (uint32_t)(~0x3FF)) + 4);
}
else
{
/* return pointer to LISR and LIFCR */
hdma->StreamBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)hdma->Instance & (uint32_t)(~0x3FF));
}
return hdma->StreamBaseAddress;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1270
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

307
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Start a multi buffer transfer using the HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart() function
for polling mode or HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart_IT() for interrupt mode.
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
-@- When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled the, transfer is circular by default.
-@- In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for
the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_SxM0AR or DMA_SxM1AR) when the stream is enabled.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
* @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer with interrupt
(+) Change on the fly the memory0 or memory1 address.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer.
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
{
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM0;
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
{
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM1;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Enable the double buffer mode */
hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
{
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM0;
}
/* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
{
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM1;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
/* Enable the Double buffer mode */
hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
/* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
/* Enable the Half transfer interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
/* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
/* Enable the fifo Error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE);
/* Enable the direct mode Error interrupt */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME);
/* Enable the peripheral */
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Change the memory0 or memory1 address on the fly.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param Address: The new address
* @param memory: the memory to be changed, This parameter can be one of
* the following values:
* MEMORY0 /
* MEMORY1
* @note The MEMORY0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
* MEMORY1 and the MEMORY1 address can be changed only when the current
* transfer use MEMORY0.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t Address, HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory)
{
if(memory == MEMORY0)
{
/* change the memory0 address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = Address;
}
else
{
/* change the memory1 address */
hdma->Instance->M1AR = Address;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set the DMA Transfer parameter.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
* @retval HAL status
*/
static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
{
/* Configure DMA Stream data length */
hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength;
/* Peripheral to Memory */
if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
{
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress;
}
/* Memory to Peripheral */
else
{
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress;
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2254
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dsi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2029
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_eth.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

777
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,777 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
* + Program operations functions
* + Memory Control functions
* + Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
prefetch and cache lines.
[..] The FLASH main features are:
(+) Flash memory read operations
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
(+) Read / write protections
(+) Prefetch on I-Code
(+) 64 cache lines of 128 bits on I-Code
(+) 8 cache lines of 128 bits on D-Code
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
memory of all STM32F4xx devices.
(#) FLASH Memory IO Programming functions:
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
(++) Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word
(++) There Two modes of programming :
(+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
(+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions :
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
(++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
(++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_SetErrorCode()
[..]
In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
to handle the following operations:
(+) Set the latency
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
(+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/* Variable used for Erase sectors under interruption */
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/* Program operations */
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
* @brief Programming operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Programming operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
program operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE)
{
/*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
{
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
{
/*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
}
else
{
/*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
}
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed
*
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
/* Enable Error source interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM;
pFlash.Address = Address;
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE)
{
/*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
{
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
}
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
{
/*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
}
else
{
/*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t addresstmp = 0;
/* Check FLASH operation error flags */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \
FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) != RESET)
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE)
{
/*return the faulty sector*/
addresstmp = pFlash.Sector;
pFlash.Sector = 0xFFFFFFFF;
}
else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
{
/*return the faulty bank*/
addresstmp = pFlash.Bank;
}
else
{
/*return the faulty address*/
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
}
/*Save the Error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
/* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp);
/*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != RESET)
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE)
{
/*Nb of sector to erased can be decreased*/
pFlash.NbSectorsToErase--;
/* Check if there are still sectors to erase*/
if(pFlash.NbSectorsToErase != 0)
{
addresstmp = pFlash.Sector;
/*Indicate user which sector has been erased*/
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
/*Increment sector number*/
pFlash.Sector++;
addresstmp = pFlash.Sector;
FLASH_Erase_Sector(addresstmp, pFlash.VoltageForErase);
}
else
{
/*No more sectors to Erase, user callback can be called.*/
/*Reset Sector and stop Erase sectors procedure*/
pFlash.Sector = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFF;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
/* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
}
}
else
{
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
{
/* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
/* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Bank);
}
else
{
/*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
}
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
}
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG, SER, SNB and MER Bits */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_SER | FLASH_CR_SNB | FLASH_MER_BIT));
/* Disable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
/* Disable Error source interrupt */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
}
}
/**
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
* Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased
* (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected sectors have been erased)
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
UNUSED(tmpreg);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
* Sectors Erase: Sector number which returned an error
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
UNUSED(tmpreg);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
memory operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
{
if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Locks the FLASH control register access
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
{
if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1;
FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
{
/* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */
*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
* @brief Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be a combination of:
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag
*/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
{
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
* @param Timeout: maximum flash operationtimeout
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
/* Clear Error Code */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
flag will be set */
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET)
{
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \
FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) != RESET)
{
/*Save the error code*/
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* If there is no error flag set */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 2.7V to 3.6V and Vpp in the range 7V to 9V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint64_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 2.7V to 3.6V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 2.1V to 3.6V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 1.8V to 3.6V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PSIZE);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
{
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
/* Clear FLASH write protection error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA;
/* Clear FLASH Programming alignment error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP;
/* Clear FLASH Programming parallelism error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS;
/* Clear FLASH Programming sequence error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD;
/* Clear FLASH Proprietary readout protection error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR);
}
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != RESET)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION;
/* Clear FLASH Operation error pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1358
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

192
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief FLASH RAMFUNC module driver.
* This file provides a FLASH firmware functions which should be
* executed from internal SRAM
* + Stop/Start the flash interface while System Run
* + Enable/Disable the flash sleep while System Run
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### APIs executed from Internal RAM #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** ARM Compiler ***
--------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
Functions that are be executed in RAM should reside in a separate
source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change
the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the
Options for Target' dialog.
*** ICCARM Compiler ***
-----------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
*** GNU Compiler ***
--------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
"__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC FLASH RAMFUNC
* @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH RAMFUNC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions executed from internal RAM
* @brief Peripheral Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### ramfunc functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM
transfers.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Stop the flash interface while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval None
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StopFlashInterfaceClk(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Stop the flash interface while System Run */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Start the flash interface while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval None
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StartFlashInterfaceClk(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Start the flash interface while System Run */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the flash sleep while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode could n't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval None
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_EnableFlashSleepMode(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable the flash sleep while System Run */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the flash sleep while System Run
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F41xxx/STM32F446xx devices.
* @note This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
* It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
* @retval None
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_DisableFlashSleepMode(void)
{
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable the flash sleep while System Run */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

4116
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

326
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief Extended FMPI2C HAL module driver.
*
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (FMPI2C) peripheral:
* + Extended Control methods
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FMPI2C peripheral extended features #####
==============================================================================
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the FMPI2C interface for STM32L4XX
devices contains the following additional features
(+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
(+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
(+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FMPI2CEx FMPI2CEx
* @brief FMPI2C HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F446xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FMPI2CEx_Exported_Functions FMPI2C Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FMPI2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control methods
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extension features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Noise Filters
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures FMPI2C Analog noise filter.
* @param hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral.
* @param AnalogFilter : new state of the Analog filter.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_AnalogFilter_Config(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
|| (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */
__HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c);
/* Reset FMPI2Cx ANOFF bit */
hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(FMPI2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
/* Set analog filter bit*/
hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
__HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c);
hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Configures FMPI2C Digital noise filter.
* @param hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral.
* @param DigitalFilter : Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00 and 0x0F.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_DigitalFilter_Config(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
|| (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */
__HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c);
/* Get the old register value */
tmpreg = hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1;
/* Reset FMPI2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
tmpreg &= ~(FMPI2C_CR1_DFN);
/* Set FMPI2Cx DNF coefficient */
tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8;
/* Store the new register value */
hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
__HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c);
hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enables FMPI2C wakeup from stop mode.
* @param hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableWakeUp (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance));
if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
|| (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */
__HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_WUPEN;
__HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c);
hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables FMPI2C wakeup from stop mode.
* @param hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableWakeUp (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance));
if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
|| (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */
__HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(FMPI2C_CR1_WUPEN);
__HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c);
hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the FMPI2C1 fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus: selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref FMPI2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the FMPI2C1 fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus: selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref FMPI2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F410xx || STM32F446xx */
#endif /* HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

548
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,548 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each
port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software
in several modes:
(+) Input mode
(+) Analog mode
(+) Output mode
(+) Alternate function mode
(+) External interrupt/event lines
[..]
During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
[..]
All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
activated or not.
[..]
In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
[..]
All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
[..]
The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors
(16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
also be masked independently.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
or DAC output.
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
pins).
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
#define EXTI_MODE ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
#define GPIO_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define GPIO_NUMBER ((uint32_t)16)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs
to be ready for use.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
{
uint32_t position;
uint32_t ioposition = 0x00;
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
uint32_t temp = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
/* Configure the port pins */
for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
{
/* Get the IO position */
ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position;
/* Get the current IO position */
iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition;
if(iocurrent == ioposition)
{
/*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Alternate function parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
/* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3];
temp &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4));
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] = temp;
}
/* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
temp = GPIOx->MODER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2));
GPIOx->MODER = temp;
/* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
(GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
{
/* Check the Speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
/* Configure the IO Speed */
temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2));
GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
/* Configure the IO Output Type */
temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4) << position);
GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
}
/* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2));
GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
{
/* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
temp &= ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
temp = EXTI->IMR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->IMR = temp;
temp = EXTI->EMR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->EMR = temp;
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
temp = EXTI->RTSR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->RTSR = temp;
temp = EXTI->FTSR;
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->FTSR = temp;
}
}
}
}
/**
* @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t position;
uint32_t ioposition = 0x00;
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
/* Configure the port pins */
for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
{
/* Get the IO position */
ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position;
/* Get the current IO position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & ioposition;
if(iocurrent == ioposition)
{
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure IO Direction in Input Floating Mode */
GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
/* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
/* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
/* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
/* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
tmp &= (((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
if(tmp == ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03))))
{
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] &= ~tmp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
}
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief GPIO Read and Write
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reads the specified input port pin.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The input port pin value.
*/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
*
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
* the read and the modify access.
*
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @param PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16;
}
}
/**
* @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins.
* @param GPIOx: Where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
* x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin;
}
/**
* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
* until the next reset.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F4 family
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Read LCKK bit*/
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET)
{
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET)
{
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
}
}
/**
* @brief EXTI line detection callbacks.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
UNUSED(tmpreg);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1868
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1638
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1223
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3667
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

206
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief I2C Extension HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of I2C extension peripheral:
* + Extension features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### I2C peripheral extension features #####
==============================================================================
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F427xx/437xx/
429xx/439xx devices contains the following additional features :
(+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
(+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter
(#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2C_AnalogFilter_Config()
(#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2C_DigitalFilter_Config()
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
* @brief I2C HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extension features functions
* @brief Extension features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extension features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Noise Filters
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures I2C Analog noise filter.
* @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param AnalogFilter: new state of the Analog filter.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
tmp = hi2c->State;
if((tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX))
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
hi2c->Instance->FLTR &= ~(I2C_FLTR_ANOFF);
/* Disable the analog filter */
hi2c->Instance->FLTR |= AnalogFilter;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Configures I2C Digital noise filter.
* @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param DigitalFilter: Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00 and 0x0F.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
{
uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
tmp = hi2c->State;
if((tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX))
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Get the old register value */
tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->FLTR;
/* Reset I2Cx DNF bit [3:0] */
tmpreg &= ~(I2C_FLTR_DNF);
/* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
tmpreg |= DigitalFilter;
/* Store the new register value */
hi2c->Instance->FLTR = tmpreg;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F401xC ||\
STM32F401xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1410
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1453
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1518
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

363
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Configuration functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IWDG Specific features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
through option byte).
(+) The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated Low-Speed clock (LSI) and
thus stays active even if the main clock fails.
Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and cannot be disabled
(LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down from
the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000)
a system reset is generated.
(+) The IWDG counter should be refreshed at regular intervals, otherwise the
watchdog generates an MCU reset when the counter reaches 0.
(+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY).
IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
reset occurs.
(+) Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F4xx
devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock
connected internally to TIM5 CH4 input capture). The measured value
can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
If Window option is disabled
(+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
(++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR.
(++) Configure the IWDG prescaler, counter reload value.
This reload value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter
is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
[..]
(+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to:
(++) Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the IWDG_RLR register.
(++) Start the IWDG, when the IWDG is used in software mode (no need
to enable the LSI, it will be enabled by hardware).
(+) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
[..]
if Window option is enabled:
(+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to enable IWDG downcounter
(+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
(++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers.
(++) Configure the IWDG prescaler, reload value and window value.
(+) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
*** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
====================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register
(+) __HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected IWDG's flag status
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG IWDG
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define IWDG_TIMEOUT_FLAG ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1 s */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions IWDG Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters
in the IWDG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) Initialize the IWDG MSP
(+) DeInitialize IWDG MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the IWDG according to the specified
* parameters in the IWDG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
* @param hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
/* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
if(hiwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
if(hiwdg->State == HAL_IWDG_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hiwdg->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_IWDG_MspInit(hiwdg);
}
/* Change IWDG peripheral state */
hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers */
IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
/* Write to IWDG registers the IWDG_Prescaler & IWDG_Reload values to work with */
MODIFY_REG(hiwdg->Instance->PR, IWDG_PR_PR, hiwdg->Init.Prescaler);
MODIFY_REG(hiwdg->Instance->RLR, IWDG_RLR_RL, hiwdg->Init.Reload);
/* Change IWDG peripheral state */
hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the IWDG MSP.
* @param hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IWDG_MspInit(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hiwdg);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_IWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start the IWDG.
(+) Refresh the IWDG.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Starts the IWDG.
* @param hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Start(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hiwdg);
/* Change IWDG peripheral state */
hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Start the IWDG peripheral */
__HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the RLR register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
/* Change IWDG peripheral state */
hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Refreshes the IWDG.
* @param hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hiwdg);
/* Change IWDG peripheral state */
hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY;
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait until RVU flag is RESET */
while(__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG(hiwdg, IWDG_FLAG_RVU) != RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > IWDG_TIMEOUT_FLAG)
{
/* Set IWDG state */
hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_TIMEOUT;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg);
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
/* Change IWDG peripheral state */
hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the IWDG state.
* @param hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_IWDG_GetState(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
return hiwdg->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1672
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_lptim.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1273
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

164
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief LTDC Extension HAL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup LTDCEx LTDCEx
* @brief LTDC HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup LTDCEx_Exported_Functions LTDC Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup LTDCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the LTDC
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Retrieve common parameters from DSI Video mode configuration structure
* @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the LTDC.
* @param VidCfg: pointer to a DSI_VidCfgTypeDef structure that contains
* the DSI video mode configuration parameters
* @note The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC
* polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC specification
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromVideoConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef* hltdc, DSI_VidCfgTypeDef *VidCfg)
{
/* Retrieve signal polarities from DSI */
/* The following polarities are inverted:
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH
LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH
LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH)*/
/* Note 1 : Code in line w/ Current LTDC specification */
hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = (VidCfg->DEPolarity == DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = (VidCfg->VSPolarity == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = (VidCfg->HSPolarity == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH;
/* Note 2: Code to be used in case LTDC polarities inversion updated in the specification */
/* hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = VidCfg->DEPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = VidCfg->VSPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = VidCfg->HSPolarity << 29; */
/* Retrieve vertical timing parameters from DSI */
hltdc->Init.VerticalSync = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive - 1;
hltdc->Init.AccumulatedVBP = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch - 1;
hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveH = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch + VidCfg->VerticalActive - 1;
hltdc->Init.TotalHeigh = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch + VidCfg->VerticalActive + VidCfg->VerticalFrontPorch - 1;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Retrieve common parameters from DSI Adapted command mode configuration structure
* @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the LTDC.
* @param CmdCfg: pointer to a DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef structure that contains
* the DSI command mode configuration parameters
* @note The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC
* polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC specification
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef* hltdc, DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef *CmdCfg)
{
/* Retrieve signal polarities from DSI */
/* The following polarities are inverted:
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH
LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH
LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH)*/
/* Note 1 : Code in line w/ Current LTDC specification */
hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = (CmdCfg->DEPolarity == DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = (CmdCfg->VSPolarity == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = (CmdCfg->HSPolarity == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH;
/* Note 2: Code to be used in case LTDC polarities inversion updated in the specification */
/* hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = CmdCfg->DEPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = CmdCfg->VSPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = CmdCfg->HSPolarity << 29; */
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

119
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp_template.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_msp_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief This file contains the HAL System and Peripheral (PPP) MSP initialization
* and de-initialization functions.
* It should be copied to the application folder and renamed into 'stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c'.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP
* @brief HAL MSP module.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Private_Functions HAL MSP Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the Global MSP.
* @note This function is called from HAL_Init() function to perform system
* level initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the Global MSP.
* @note This functiona is called from HAL_DeInit() function to perform system
* level de-initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the PPP MSP.
* @note This functiona is called from HAL_PPP_Init() function to perform
* peripheral(PPP) system level initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt)
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the PPP MSP.
* @note This functiona is called from HAL_PPP_DeInit() function to perform
* peripheral(PPP) system level de-initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt)
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1130
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1014
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

748
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,748 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief PCCARD HAL module driver.
* This file provides a generic firmware to drive PCCARD memories mounted
* as external device.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
control PCCARD/compact flash memories. It uses the FMC/FSMC layer functions
to interface with PCCARD devices. This driver is used for:
(+) PCCARD/Compact Flash memory configuration sequence using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Init()/HAL_CF_Init() with control and timing parameters for
both common and attribute spaces.
(+) Read PCCARD/Compact Flash memory maker and device IDs using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID()/HAL_CF_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in
the CompactFlash_ID structure declared by the function caller.
(+) Access PCCARD/Compact Flash memory by read/write operations using the functions
HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector()/ HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector() -
HAL_CF_Read_Sector()/HAL_CF_Write_Sector(), to read/write sector.
(+) Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash Reset chip operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Reset()/HAL_CF_Reset.
(+) Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash erase sector operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector()/HAL_CF_Erase_Sector.
(+) Read the PCCARD/Compact Flash status operation using the function
HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus()/HAL_CF_ReadStatus().
(+) You can monitor the PCCARD/Compact Flash device HAL state by calling
the function HAL_PCCARD_GetState()/HAL_CF_GetState()
[..]
(@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard PCCARD/compact flash
operations. If a PCCARD/Compact Flash device contains different operations
and/or implementations, it should be implemented separately.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
/** @defgroup PCCARD PCCARD
* @brief PCCARD HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PCCARD_Private_Defines PCCARD Private Defines
* @{
*/
#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF
#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF
#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERASE_SECTOR (uint32_t)0x00000400
#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS (uint32_t)0x01000000
#define PCCARD_STATUS_OK (uint8_t)0x58
#define PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK (uint8_t)0x50
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions PCCARD Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### PCCARD Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
the PCCARD memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Perform the PCCARD memory Initialization sequence
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @param ComSpaceTiming: Common space timing structure
* @param AttSpaceTiming: Attribute space timing structure
* @param IOSpaceTiming: IO space timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Init(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *ComSpaceTiming, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *AttSpaceTiming, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *IOSpaceTiming)
{
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if(hpccard == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hpccard->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(hpccard);
}
/* Initialize the PCCARD state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize PCCARD control Interface */
FMC_PCCARD_Init(hpccard->Instance, &(hpccard->Init));
/* Init PCCARD common space timing Interface */
FMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, ComSpaceTiming);
/* Init PCCARD attribute space timing Interface */
FMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, AttSpaceTiming);
/* Init PCCARD IO space timing Interface */
FMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, IOSpaceTiming);
/* Enable the PCCARD device */
__FMC_PCCARD_ENABLE(hpccard->Instance);
/* Update the PCCARD state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Perform the PCCARD memory De-initialization sequence
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_DeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
/* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(hpccard);
/* Configure the PCCARD registers with their reset values */
FMC_PCCARD_DeInit(hpccard->Instance);
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief PCCARD MSP Init
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpccard);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCCARD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief PCCARD MSP DeInit
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpccard);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
* @brief Input Output and memory control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### PCCARD Input and Output functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the PCCARD memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Read Compact Flash's ID.
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @param CompactFlash_ID: Compact flash ID structure.
* @param pStatus: pointer to compact flash status
* @retval HAL status
*
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint8_t CompactFlash_ID[], uint8_t *pStatus)
{
uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID, index = 0;
uint8_t status = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize the PCCARD status */
*pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
/* Send the Identify Command */
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = 0xECEC;
/* Read PCCARD IDs and timeout treatment */
do
{
/* Read the PCCARD status */
status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
if(timeout == 0)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Read PCCARD ID bytes */
for(index = 0; index < 16; index++)
{
CompactFlash_ID[index] = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_DATA);
}
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Read sector from PCCARD memory
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @param pBuffer: pointer to destination read buffer
* @param SectorAddress: Sector address to read
* @param pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus)
{
uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR, index = 0;
uint8_t status = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize PCCARD status */
*pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
/* Set the parameters to write a sector */
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x00;
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = ((uint16_t)0x0100 ) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress);
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = (uint16_t)0xE4A0;
do
{
/* wait till the Status = 0x80 */
status = *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}while((status == 0x80) && timeout);
if(timeout == 0)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR;
do
{
/* wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */
status = *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
if(timeout == 0)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
/* Read bytes */
for(; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++)
{
*(uint16_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR);
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Write sector to PCCARD memory
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @param pBuffer: pointer to source write buffer
* @param SectorAddress: Sector address to write
* @param pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus)
{
uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR, index = 0;
uint8_t status = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize PCCARD status */
*pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
/* Set the parameters to write a sector */
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x00;
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = ((uint16_t)0x0100 ) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress);
*(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = (uint16_t)0x30A0;
do
{
/* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */
status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
if(timeout == 0)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
/* Write bytes */
for(; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++)
{
*(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR) = *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++;
}
do
{
/* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK */
status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout);
if(timeout == 0)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Erase sector from PCCARD memory
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @param SectorAddress: Sector address to erase
* @param pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus)
{
uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERASE_SECTOR;
uint8_t status = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize PCCARD status */
*pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
/* Set the parameters to write a sector */
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_LOW) = 0x00;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = 0x00;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_NUMBER) = SectorAddress;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = 0x01;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CARD_HEAD) = 0xA0;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = ATA_ERASE_SECTOR_CMD;
/* wait till the PCCARD is ready */
status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout)
{
status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}
if(timeout == 0)
{
*pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reset the PCCARD memory
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Reset(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Provide a SW reset and Read and verify the:
- PCCard Configuration Option Register at address 0x98000200 --> 0x80
- Card Configuration and Status Register at address 0x98000202 --> 0x00
- Pin Replacement Register at address 0x98000204 --> 0x0C
- Socket and Copy Register at address 0x98000206 --> 0x00
*/
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_ATTRIBUTE_SPACE_ADDRESS | ATA_CARD_CONFIGURATION ) = 0x01;
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles PCCARD device interrupt request.
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
void HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
/* Check PCCARD interrupt Rising edge flag */
if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE))
{
/* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
/* Clear PCCARD interrupt Rising edge pending bit */
__FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE);
}
/* Check PCCARD interrupt Level flag */
if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL))
{
/* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
/* Clear PCCARD interrupt Level pending bit */
__FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL);
}
/* Check PCCARD interrupt Falling edge flag */
if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE))
{
/* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
/* Clear PCCARD interrupt Falling edge pending bit */
__FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE);
}
/* Check PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty flag */
if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT))
{
/* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
/* Clear PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty pending bit */
__FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT);
}
}
/**
* @brief PCCARD interrupt feature callback
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpccard);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### PCCARD State functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the PCCARD controller
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief return the PCCARD controller state
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetState(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
return hpccard->State;
}
/**
* @brief Get the compact flash memory status
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval New status of the PCCARD operation. This parameter can be:
* - CompactFlash_TIMEOUT_ERROR: when the previous operation generate
* a Timeout error
* - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation
*/
HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS, status_pccard = 0;
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING;
}
status_pccard = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
while((status_pccard == PCCARD_BUSY) && timeout)
{
status_pccard = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
timeout--;
}
if(timeout == 0)
{
status_pccard = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
/* Return the operation status */
return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_pccard;
}
/**
* @brief Reads the Compact Flash memory status using the Read status command
* @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for PCCARD module.
* @retval The status of the Compact Flash memory. This parameter can be:
* - CompactFlash_BUSY: when memory is busy
* - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation
* - CompactFlash_ERROR: when the previous operation generates error
*/
HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
{
uint8_t data = 0, status_pccard = PCCARD_BUSY;
/* Check the PCCARD controller state */
if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING;
}
/* Read status operation */
data = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
if((data & PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR) == PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR)
{
status_pccard = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
}
else if((data & PCCARD_READY) == PCCARD_READY)
{
status_pccard = PCCARD_READY;
}
return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_pccard;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx ||\
STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1258
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

205
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief PCD HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || \
defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || \
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || \
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCD Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief PCDEx control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Update FIFO configuration
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set Tx FIFO
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @param fifo: The number of Tx fifo
* @param size: Fifo size
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
{
uint8_t i = 0;
uint32_t Tx_Offset = 0;
/* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index)
When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows:
case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
--> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
--> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top
of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
if(fifo == 0)
{
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset);
}
else
{
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16;
for (i = 0; i < (fifo - 1); i++)
{
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16);
}
/* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1] = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset);
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set Rx FIFO
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @param size: Size of Rx fifo
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
{
hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
return HAL_OK;
}
#if defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Activate LPM feature
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = ENABLE;
hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivate LPM feature.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = DISABLE;
USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Send LPM message to user layer callback.
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
* @param msg: LPM message
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
}
#endif /* STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx ||
STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

580
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,580 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR PWR
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
* @{
*/
#define PVD_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define PVD_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define PVD_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted
write accesses.
To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
(+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
(+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
}
/**
* @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
* @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
* @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
*** PVD configuration ***
=========================
[..]
(+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
(+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
(+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
*** Wake-up pin configuration ***
================================
[..]
(+) Wake-up pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is
forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
(+) There is one Wake-up pin: Wake-up Pin 1 on PA.00.
(++) For STM32F446xx there are two Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on PA.00 and Pin2 on PC.13
(++) For STM32F410xx there are three Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on PA.00, Pin2 on PC.00 and Pin3 on PC.01
*** Low Power modes configuration ***
=====================================
[..]
The devices feature 3 low-power modes:
(+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
(+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator
in low power mode
(+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off.
*** Sleep mode ***
==================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
functions with
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
-@@- The Regulator parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family
and is kept as parameter just to maintain compatibility with the
lower power families (STM32L).
(+) Exit:
Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
*** Stop mode ***
=================
[..]
In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents
are preserved.
The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before
entering the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function.
It can be switched on again by software after exiting the Stop mode using
the HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown() function.
(+) Entry:
The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
function with:
(++) Main regulator ON.
(++) Low Power regulator ON.
(+) Exit:
Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
*** Standby mode ***
====================
[..]
(+)
The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
on the Cortex-M4 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and
the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost
except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby
circuitry.
The voltage regulator is OFF.
(++) Entry:
(+++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
(++) Exit:
(+++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wake-up,
tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
*** Auto-wake-up (AWU) from low-power mode ***
=============================================
[..]
(+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
Wake-up event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
an external interrupt (Auto-wake-up mode).
(+) RTC auto-wake-up (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Wake-up event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC Wake-up event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
* information for the PVD.
* @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
* more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
* detection level.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
/* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
/* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
/* Configure interrupt mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
}
/* Configure event mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
}
/* Configure the edge */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
}
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Wake-up PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 available only on STM32F410xx/STM32F446xx devices
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 available only on STM32F410xx devices
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
/* Enable the wake up pin */
SET_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Wake-up PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 available only on STM32F410xx/STM32F446xx devices
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 available only on STM32F410xx devices
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
/* Disable the wake up pin */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
}
/**
* @brief Enters Sleep mode.
*
* @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
*
* @note In Sleep mode, the systick is stopped to avoid exit from this mode with
* systick interrupt when used as time base for Timeout
*
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON
* @note This parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family and is kept as parameter
* just to maintain compatibility with the lower power families.
* @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enters Stop mode.
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up event,
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
* startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
* @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
/* Select the regulator state in Stop mode: Set PDDS and LPDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, (PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS), Regulator);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enters Standby mode.
* @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
* - Reset pad (still available)
* - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC
* Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.
* - RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp.
* - WKUP pin 1 (PA0) if enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
{
/* Select Standby mode */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
__force_stores();
#endif
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
* @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
{
/* Check PWR Exti flag */
if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
{
/* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
/* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
}
}
/**
* @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
UNUSED(tmpreg);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
* interruptions handling.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

648
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,648 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of PWR extension peripheral:
* + Peripheral Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWREx_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000
#define PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000
#define PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000
#define PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended features functions
* @brief Peripheral Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
*** Main and Backup Regulators configuration ***
================================================
[..]
(+) The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from
the CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is
retained even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator
is enabled. It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is
always present. You can use the HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg() function to
enable the low power backup regulator.
(+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD)
the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to
save battery life.
(+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read
protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private
key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through
the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to
level 0 is requested.
-@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash
programming manual.
(+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between
performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at
the maximum frequency. This is done through __HAL_PWR_MAINREGULATORMODE_CONFIG()
macro which configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register
Refer to the product datasheets for more details.
*** FLASH Power Down configuration ****
=======================================
[..]
(+) By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the
HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function, the Flash memory also enters power
down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the Flash memory
is in power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when
waking up from Stop mode.
(+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, the scale can be modified only when the PLL
is OFF and the HSI or HSE clock source is selected as system clock.
The new value programmed is active only when the PLL is ON.
When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected.
Refer to the datasheets for more details.
*** Over-Drive and Under-Drive configuration ****
=================================================
[..]
(+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, in Run mode: the main regulator has
2 operating modes available:
(++) Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a given
voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3)
(++) Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a
higher frequency than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1,
scale 2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive() function and
disabled by HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive() function, to enter or exit from Over-drive mode please follow
the sequence described in Reference manual.
(+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx/446xx/469xx/479xx Devices, in Stop mode: the main regulator or low power regulator
supplies a low power voltage to the 1.2V domain, thus preserving the content of registers
and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are available:
(++) Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This mode is only
available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is used in Scale 3 or
low voltage mode.
(++) Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is only
available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in low voltage mode.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables the Backup Regulator.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) == RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Backup Regulator.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) != RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Return Voltage Scaling Range.
* @retval The configured scale for the regulator voltage(VOS bit field).
* The returned value can be one of the following:
* - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode
* - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode
* - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode
*/
uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void)
{
return (PWR->CR & PWR_CR_VOS);
}
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
/**
* @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
* @param VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
* a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK = 168 MHz.
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK = 144 MHz.
* @note When moving from Range 1 to Range 2, the system frequency must be decreased to
* a value below 144 MHz before calling HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API.
* When moving from Range 2 to Range 1, the system frequency can be increased to
* a value up to 168 MHz after calling HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling));
/* Enable PWR RCC Clock Peripheral */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Set Range */
__HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling);
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
#elif defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || \
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || \
defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || \
defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
* @param VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
* a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK is 168 MHz. It can be extended to
* 180 MHz by activating the over-drive mode.
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK is 144 MHz. It can be extended to,
* 168 MHz by activating the over-drive mode.
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output range 3 mode,
* the maximum value of fHCLK is 120 MHz.
* @note To update the system clock frequency(SYSCLK):
* - Set the HSI or HSE as system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* - Call the HAL_RCC_OscConfig() to configure the PLL.
* - Call HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API to adjust the voltage scale.
* - Set the new system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note The scale can be modified only when the HSI or HSE clock source is selected
* as system clock source, otherwise the API returns HAL_ERROR.
* @note When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected and the VOS bits
* value in the PWR_CR1 register are not taken in account.
* @note This API forces the PLL state ON to allow the possibility to configure the voltage scale 1 or 2.
* @note The new voltage scale is active only when the PLL is ON.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling));
/* Enable PWR RCC Clock Peripheral */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
{
/* Disable the main PLL */
__HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
/* Get Start Tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLL is disabled */
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Set Range */
__HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling);
/* Enable the main PLL */
__HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
/* Get Start Tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait till PLL is ready */
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Get Start Tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
#if defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Enables Wakeup Pin Detection on high level (rising edge).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityRisingEdge(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_WUPP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Enables Wakeup Pin Detection on low level (falling edge).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableWakeUpPinPolarityFallingEdge(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_WUPP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
#endif /* STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) ||\
defined(STM32F411xE)
/**
* @brief Enables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx devices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx devices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Enables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx devices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Disables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F410xx/STM32F411xx devices.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
}
#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F410xx || STM32F411xE */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/**
* @brief Activates the Over-Drive mode.
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx devices.
* This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
* than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
* @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
* critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
* During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
* The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable the Over-drive to extend the clock frequency to 180 Mhz */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Enable the Over-drive switch */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_ENABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivates the Over-Drive mode.
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx devices.
* This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
* than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
* @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
* critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
* During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
* The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable the Over-drive switch */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_DISABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Disable the Over-drive */
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode.
*
* @note This mode is only available for STM32F42xxx/STM324F3xxx/STM32F446xx/STM32F469xx/STM32F479xx devices.
*
* @note This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already active
*
* @note This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode.
* In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This
* mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator
* is in low voltage mode
*
* @note If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after
* exiting Stop mode.
* When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional
* startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode.
*
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
*
* @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up event,
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
*
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
* startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
*
* @param Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Main Regulator in under-drive mode
* and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Low Power Regulator in under-drive mode
* and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
* @param STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable the Under-drive Mode ---------------------------------------------*/
/* Clear Under-drive flag */
__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_ODRUDR_FLAG();
/* Enable the Under-drive */
__HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE();
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for UnderDrive mode is ready */
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_UDRDY))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
tmpreg1 = PWR->CR;
/* Clear PDDS, LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits */
tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS | PWR_CR_LPUDS | PWR_CR_MRUDS);
/* Set LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */
tmpreg1 |= Regulator;
/* Store the new value */
PWR->CR = tmpreg1;
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
/* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
if(STOPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__WFE();
}
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1966
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1216
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2274
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

526
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief RNG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro
in HAL_RNG_MspInit().
(#) Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function.
(#) Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid
random data using (polling/interrupt) mode.
(#) Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F410Tx) || defined(STM32F410Cx) || defined(STM32F410Rx) || defined(STM32F469xx) ||\
defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters
in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the RNG peripheral
(+) Initialize the RNG MSP
(+) DeInitialize RNG MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if(hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_RNG_MspInit(hrng);
}
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the RNG Peripheral */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
/* Initialize the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG peripheral.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if(hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Disable the RNG Peripheral */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_IE | RNG_CR_RNGEN);
/* Clear RNG interrupt status flags */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->SR, RNG_SR_CEIS | RNG_SR_SEIS);
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(hrng);
/* Update the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
/* Return the function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the RNG MSP.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_MspInit must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG MSP.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled
(+) Handle RNG interrupt request
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number.
* @note Each time the random number data is read the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag
* is automatically cleared.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param random32bit: pointer to generated random number variable if successful.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t *random32bit)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Check if data register contains valid random data */
while(__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Get a 32bit Random number */
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
*random32bit = hrng->RandomNumber;
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
/* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
}
else
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Handles RNG interrupt request.
* @note In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate
* random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User has
* to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide
* the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT().
* The clock error has no impact on the previously generated
* random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used.
* @note In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is
* interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is
* available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may
* not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the
* SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable
* the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG.
* @note User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS
* or CEIS are set.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* RNG clock error interrupt occurred */
if((__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI) != RESET) || (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET))
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(hrng);
/* Clear the clock error flag */
__HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI|RNG_IT_SEI);
}
/* Check RNG data ready interrupt occurred */
if(__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_DRDY) != RESET)
{
/* Generate random number once, so disable the IT */
__HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT(hrng);
/* Get the 32bit Random number (DRDY flag automatically cleared) */
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
if(hrng->State != HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* Data Ready callback */
HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns generated random number in polling mode (Obsolete)
* Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() API instead.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval Random value
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
if(HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(hrng, &(hrng->RandomNumber)) == HAL_OK)
{
return hrng->RandomNumber;
}
else
{
return 0;
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns a 32-bit random number with interrupt enabled (Obsolete),
* Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT() API instead.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval 32-bit random number
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
uint32_t random32bit = 0;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get a 32bit Random number */
random32bit = hrng->Instance->DR;
/* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
/* Return the 32 bit random number */
return random32bit;
}
/**
* @brief Read latest generated random number.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval random value
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
return(hrng->RandomNumber);
}
/**
* @brief Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param random32bit: generated random number.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t random32bit)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief RNG error callbacks.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the RNG state.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
return hrng->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx ||\
STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F410xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1551
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1764
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1923
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

272
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai_ex.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_sai_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief SAI Extension HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of SAI extension peripheral:
* + Extension features functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SAI peripheral extension features #####
==============================================================================
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the SAI interface for STM32F446xx
devices contains the following additional features :
(+) Possibility to be clocked from PLLR
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] This driver provides functions to manage several sources to clock SAI
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SAIEx SAIEx
* @brief SAI Extension HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* SAI registers Masks */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Functions SAI Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions SAI Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extension features functions
* @brief Extension features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extension features Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the possible
SAI clock sources.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure SAI Block synchronization mode
* @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SAI module.
* @retval SAI Clock Input
*/
void SAI_BlockSynchroConfig(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
{
uint32_t tmpregisterGCR = 0;
#if defined(STM32F446xx)
/* This setting must be done with both audio block (A & B) disabled */
switch(hsai->Init.SynchroExt)
{
case SAI_SYNCEXT_DISABLE :
tmpregisterGCR = 0;
break;
case SAI_SYNCEXT_IN_ENABLE :
tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCIN_0;
break;
case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKA_ENABLE :
tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_0;
break;
case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKB_ENABLE :
tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_1;
break;
}
if((hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A) || (hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_B))
{
SAI1->GCR = tmpregisterGCR;
}
else
{
SAI2->GCR = tmpregisterGCR;
}
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* This setting must be done with both audio block (A & B) disabled */
switch(hsai->Init.SynchroExt)
{
case SAI_SYNCEXT_DISABLE :
tmpregisterGCR = 0;
break;
case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKA_ENABLE :
tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_0;
break;
case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKB_ENABLE :
tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_1;
break;
}
SAI1->GCR = tmpregisterGCR;
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
}
/**
* @brief Get SAI Input Clock based on SAI source clock selection
* @param hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SAI module.
* @retval SAI Clock Input
*/
uint32_t SAI_GetInputClock(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
{
/* This variable used to store the SAI_CK_x (value in Hz) */
uint32_t saiclocksource = 0;
#if defined(STM32F446xx)
if ((hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A) || (hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_B))
{
saiclocksource = HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1);
}
else /* SAI2_Block_A || SAI2_Block_B*/
{
saiclocksource = HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2);
}
#endif /* STM32F446xx */
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
uint32_t vcoinput = 0, tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the SAI Block parameters */
assert_param(IS_SAI_CLK_SOURCE(hsai->Init.ClockSource));
/* SAI Block clock source selection */
if(hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A)
{
__HAL_RCC_SAI_BLOCKACLKSOURCE_CONFIG(hsai->Init.ClockSource);
}
else
{
__HAL_RCC_SAI_BLOCKBCLKSOURCE_CONFIG((uint32_t)(hsai->Init.ClockSource << 2));
}
/* VCO Input Clock value calculation */
if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
{
/* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */
vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM));
}
else
{
/* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */
vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)));
}
/* SAI_CLK_x : SAI Block Clock configuration for different clock sources selected */
if(hsai->Init.ClockSource == SAI_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)
{
/* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
/* PLLSAI_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
/* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */
/* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */
tmpreg = (RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> 24;
saiclocksource = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> 6))/(tmpreg);
/* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */
tmpreg = (((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> 8) + 1);
saiclocksource = saiclocksource/(tmpreg);
}
else if(hsai->Init.ClockSource == SAI_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)
{
/* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
/* PLLI2S_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
/* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */
/* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */
tmpreg = (RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> 24;
saiclocksource = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6))/(tmpreg);
/* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */
tmpreg = ((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ) + 1);
saiclocksource = saiclocksource/(tmpreg);
}
else /* sConfig->ClockSource == SAI_CLKSource_Ext */
{
/* Enable the External Clock selection */
__HAL_RCC_I2S_CONFIG(RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT);
saiclocksource = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE;
}
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
/* the return result is the value of SAI clock */
return saiclocksource;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

3508
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sd.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

853
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,853 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief SDRAM HAL module driver.
* This file provides a generic firmware to drive SDRAM memories mounted
* as external device.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
control SDRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface
with SDRAM devices.
The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface
with SDRAM memories:
(#) Declare a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
SDRAM_HandleTypeDef hdsram
(++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed
values of the structure member.
(++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined
base register instance for NOR or SDRAM device
(#) Declare a FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef structure; for example:
FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef Timing;
and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
(#) Initialize the SDRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SDRAM_Init(). This function
performs the following sequence:
(##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SDRAM_MspInit()
(##) Control register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function
FMC_SDRAM_Init()
(##) Timing register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function
FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init()
(##) Program the SDRAM external device by applying its initialization sequence
according to the device plugged in your hardware. This step is mandatory
for accessing the SDRAM device.
(#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected
to the SDRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the
following APIs:
(++) HAL_SDRAM_Read()/HAL_SDRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
(++) HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
(#) You can also control the SDRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SDRAM write operation or
the function HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand() to send a specified command to the SDRAM
device. The command to be sent must be configured with the FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef
structure.
(#) You can continuously monitor the SDRAM device HAL state by calling the function
HAL_SDRAM_GetState()
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM SDRAM
* @brief SDRAM driver modules
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions SDRAM Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SDRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
the SDRAM memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Performs the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param Timing: Pointer to SDRAM control timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Init(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
{
/* Check the SDRAM handle parameter */
if(hsdram == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hsdram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(hsdram);
}
/* Initialize the SDRAM controller state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Initialize SDRAM control Interface */
FMC_SDRAM_Init(hsdram->Instance, &(hsdram->Init));
/* Initialize SDRAM timing Interface */
FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init(hsdram->Instance, Timing, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
/* Update the SDRAM controller state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Perform the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_DeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(hsdram);
/* Configure the SDRAM registers with their reset values */
FMC_SDRAM_DeInit(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
/* Reset the SDRAM controller state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief SDRAM MSP Init.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsdram);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief SDRAM MSP DeInit.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsdram);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function handles SDRAM refresh error interrupt request.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
void HAL_SDRAM_IRQHandler(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Check SDRAM interrupt Rising edge flag */
if(__FMC_SDRAM_GET_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_IT))
{
/* SDRAM refresh error interrupt callback */
HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(hsdram);
/* Clear SDRAM refresh error interrupt pending bit */
__FMC_SDRAM_CLEAR_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_ERROR);
}
}
/**
* @brief SDRAM Refresh error callback.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsdram);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA transfer complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdma);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA transfer complete error callback.
* @param hdma: DMA handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdma);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
* @brief Input Output and memory control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SDRAM Input and Output functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SDRAM memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reads 8-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Read data from source */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress;
pDstBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 8-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
tmp = hsdram->State;
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads 16-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Read data from source */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress;
pDstBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 16-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
tmp = hsdram->State;
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads 32-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Read data from source */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress;
pDstBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 32-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress;
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
tmp = hsdram->State;
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
pSdramAddress++;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads a Words data from the SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
tmp = hsdram->State;
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
hsdram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
hsdram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes a Words data buffer to SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
tmp = hsdram->State;
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
hsdram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
hsdram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SDRAM Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
the SDRAM interface.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable write protection */
FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable write protection */
FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Sends Command to the SDRAM bank.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param Command: SDRAM command structure
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef *Command, uint32_t Timeout)
{
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Send SDRAM command */
FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand(hsdram->Instance, Command, Timeout);
/* Update the SDRAM controller state */
if(Command->CommandMode == FMC_SDRAM_CMD_PALL)
{
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED;
}
else
{
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Programs the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param RefreshRate: The SDRAM refresh rate value
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t RefreshRate)
{
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Program the refresh rate */
FMC_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(hsdram->Instance ,RefreshRate);
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @param AutoRefreshNumber: The SDRAM auto Refresh number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t AutoRefreshNumber)
{
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Set the Auto-Refresh number */
FMC_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(hsdram->Instance ,AutoRefreshNumber);
/* Update the SDRAM state */
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the SDRAM memory current mode.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval The SDRAM memory mode.
*/
uint32_t HAL_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
/* Return the SDRAM memory current mode */
return(FMC_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SDRAM State functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SDRAM controller
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the SDRAM state.
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_SDRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_GetState(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
{
return hsdram->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1315
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1224
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2316
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

691
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,691 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief SRAM HAL module driver.
* This file provides a generic firmware to drive SRAM memories
* mounted as external device.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
control SRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface
with SRAM devices.
The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC/FSMC to interface
with SRAM/PSRAM memories:
(#) Declare a SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
SRAM_HandleTypeDef hsram; and:
(++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed
values of the structure member.
(++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined
base register instance for NOR or SRAM device
(++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Extended" field with a predefined
base register instance for NOR or SRAM extended mode
(#) Declare two FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef structures, for both normal and extended
mode timings; for example:
FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef Timing and FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef ExTiming;
and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
(#) Initialize the SRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SRAM_Init(). This function
performs the following sequence:
(##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SRAM_MspInit()
(##) Control register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
FMC_NORSRAM_Init()
(##) Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
(##) Extended mode Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
(##) Enable the SRAM device using the macro __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE()
(#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected
to the NOR/SRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the
following APIs:
(++) HAL_SRAM_Read()/HAL_SRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
(++) HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
(#) You can also control the SRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SRAM write operation
(#) You can continuously monitor the SRAM device HAL state by calling the function
HAL_SRAM_GetState()
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SRAM SRAM
* @brief SRAM driver modules
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
defined(STM32F446xx) || defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions SRAM Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
the SRAM memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Performs the SRAM device initialization sequence
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param Timing: Pointer to SRAM control timing structure
* @param ExtTiming: Pointer to SRAM extended mode timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Init(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming)
{
/* Check the SRAM handle parameter */
if(hsram == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hsram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_SRAM_MspInit(hsram);
}
/* Initialize SRAM control Interface */
FMC_NORSRAM_Init(hsram->Instance, &(hsram->Init));
/* Initialize SRAM timing Interface */
FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hsram->Instance, Timing, hsram->Init.NSBank);
/* Initialize SRAM extended mode timing Interface */
FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hsram->Extended, ExtTiming, hsram->Init.NSBank, hsram->Init.ExtendedMode);
/* Enable the NORSRAM device */
__FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Performs the SRAM device De-initialization sequence.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_DeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
/* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(hsram);
/* Configure the SRAM registers with their reset values */
FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hsram->Instance, hsram->Extended, hsram->Init.NSBank);
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief SRAM MSP Init.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsram);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief SRAM MSP DeInit.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsram);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA transfer complete callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdma);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA transfer complete error callback.
* @param hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdma);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
* @brief Input Output and memory control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SRAM Input and Output functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SRAM memory
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reads 8-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint8_t * pSramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Read data from memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)pSramAddress;
pDstBuffer++;
pSramAddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 8-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint8_t * pSramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint8_t *)pSramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
pSramAddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads 16-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint16_t * pSramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Read data from memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)pSramAddress;
pDstBuffer++;
pSramAddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 16-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
__IO uint16_t * pSramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint16_t *)pSramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
pSramAddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads 32-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Read data from memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress;
pDstBuffer++;
pAddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes 32-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Write data to memory */
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
pSrcBuffer++;
pAddress++;
}
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads a Words data from the SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Writes a Words data buffer to SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SRAM Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
the SRAM interface.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables dynamically SRAM write operation.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Enable write operation */
FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically SRAM write operation.
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable write operation */
FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SRAM State functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SRAM controller
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the SRAM controller state
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_SRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SRAM_GetState(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
{
return hsram->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx ||\
STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

5387
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1873
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1934
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1873
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_usart.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

460
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,460 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral State functions
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### WWDG specific features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter)
before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F).
(+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
(+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
(+) WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
reset occurs.
(+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
by a programmable prescaler.
(+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
(+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * Counter / WWDG clock
(+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
(++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter _ Window) / WWDG clock
(++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter _ 0x40) / WWDG clock
(+) Min-max timeout value at 50 MHz(PCLK1): 81.9 us / 41.9 ms
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
(+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window and counter value
using HAL_WWDG_Init() function.
(+) Start the WWDG using HAL_WWDG_Start() function.
When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to
a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset.
(+) Optionally you can enable the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) which is
generated when the counter reaches 0x40, and then start the WWDG using
HAL_WWDG_Start_IT(). At EWI HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback
Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
(+) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
the counter is lower than the refresh window value already programmed.
*** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
==================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status
(+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags
(+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT: Enables the WWDG early wake-up interrupt
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the WWDG according to the specified parameters
in the WWDG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the WWDG peripheral
(+) Initialize the WWDG MSP
(+) DeInitialize the WWDG MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the WWDG according to the specified
* parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
* @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
if(hwwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
if(hwwdg->State == HAL_WWDG_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hwwdg->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
}
/* Change WWDG peripheral state */
hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (WWDG_CFR_WDGTB | WWDG_CFR_W), (hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
/* Set WWDG Counter */
MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, WWDG_CR_T, hwwdg->Init.Counter);
/* Change WWDG peripheral state */
hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the WWDG peripheral.
* @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_DeInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
if(hwwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
/* Change WWDG peripheral state */
hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit(hwwdg);
/* Reset WWDG Control register */
hwwdg->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)0x0000007F;
/* Reset WWDG Configuration register */
hwwdg->Instance->CFR = (uint32_t)0x0000007F;
/* Reset WWDG Status register */
hwwdg->Instance->SR = 0;
/* Change WWDG peripheral state */
hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the WWDG MSP.
* @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the WWDG MSP.
* @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start the WWDG.
(+) Refresh the WWDG.
(+) Handle WWDG interrupt request.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Starts the WWDG.
* @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Start(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hwwdg);
/* Change WWDG peripheral state */
hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the peripheral */
__HAL_WWDG_ENABLE(hwwdg);
/* Change WWDG peripheral state */
hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Starts the WWDG with interrupt enabled.
* @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Start_IT(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hwwdg);
/* Change WWDG peripheral state */
hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the Early Wakeup Interrupt */
__HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI);
/* Enable the peripheral */
__HAL_WWDG_ENABLE(hwwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Refreshes the WWDG.
* @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @param Counter: value of counter to put in WWDG counter
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, uint32_t Counter)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hwwdg);
/* Change WWDG peripheral state */
hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter));
/* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (uint32_t)WWDG_CR_T, Counter);
/* Change WWDG peripheral state */
hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handles WWDG interrupt request.
* @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
* or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
* The EWI interrupt is enabled using __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT() macro.
* When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
* generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
* be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
* logging), before resetting the device.
* @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
{
/* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
{
/* Early Wakeup callback */
HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback(hwwdg);
/* Change WWDG peripheral state */
hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
/* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Early Wakeup WWDG callback.
* @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef* hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the WWDG state.
* @param hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_WWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_WWDG_GetState(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
return hwwdg->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1716
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

971
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,971 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief FSMC Low Layer HAL module driver.
*
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Flexible Static Memory Controller (FSMC) peripheral memories:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FSMC peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flexible static memory controller (FSMC) includes two memory controllers:
(+) The NOR/PSRAM memory controller
(+) The NAND/PC Card memory controller
[..] The FSMC functional block makes the interface with synchronous and asynchronous static
memories, SDRAM memories, and 16-bit PC memory cards. Its main purposes are:
(+) to translate AHB transactions into the appropriate external device protocol.
(+) to meet the access time requirements of the external memory devices.
[..] All external memories share the addresses, data and control signals with the controller.
Each external device is accessed by means of a unique Chip Select. The FSMC performs
only one access at a time to an external device.
The main features of the FSMC controller are the following:
(+) Interface with static-memory mapped devices including:
(++) Static random access memory (SRAM).
(++) Read-only memory (ROM).
(++) NOR Flash memory/OneNAND Flash memory.
(++) PSRAM (4 memory banks).
(++) 16-bit PC Card compatible devices.
(++) Two banks of NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of
data.
(+) Independent Chip Select control for each memory bank.
(+) Independent configuration for each memory bank.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_LL FSMC Low Layer
* @brief FSMC driver modules
* @{
*/
#if defined (HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED)
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM
* @brief NORSRAM Controller functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use NORSRAM device driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NORSRAM banks in order
to run the NORSRAM external devices.
(+) FSMC NORSRAM bank reset using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit()
(+) FSMC NORSRAM bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Init()
(+) FSMC NORSRAM bank timing configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC NORSRAM bank extended timing configuration using the function
FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC NORSRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions
FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NORSRAM interface
(+) De-initialize the FSMC NORSRAM interface
(+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device according to the specified
* control parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef
* @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Init: Pointer to NORSRAM Initialization structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef* Init)
{
uint32_t tmpr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Init->NSBank));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(Init->DataAddressMux));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(Init->MemoryType));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(Init->BurstAccessMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(Init->WaitSignalPolarity));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(Init->WrapMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(Init->WaitSignalActive));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(Init->WriteOperation));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(Init->WaitSignal));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(Init->ExtendedMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(Init->AsynchronousWait));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(Init->WriteBurst));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_PAGESIZE(Init->PageSize));
/* Get the BTCR register value */
tmpr = Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank];
/* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, WRAPMOD, WAITCFG, WREN,
WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CPSIZE and CBURSTRW bits */
tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BCR1_MBKEN | FSMC_BCR1_MUXEN | FSMC_BCR1_MTYP | \
FSMC_BCR1_MWID | FSMC_BCR1_FACCEN | FSMC_BCR1_BURSTEN | \
FSMC_BCR1_WAITPOL | FSMC_BCR1_WRAPMOD | FSMC_BCR1_WAITCFG | \
FSMC_BCR1_WREN | FSMC_BCR1_WAITEN | FSMC_BCR1_EXTMOD | \
FSMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT | FSMC_BCR1_CPSIZE | FSMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW));
/* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */
tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->DataAddressMux |\
Init->MemoryType |\
Init->MemoryDataWidth |\
Init->BurstAccessMode |\
Init->WaitSignalPolarity |\
Init->WrapMode |\
Init->WaitSignalActive |\
Init->WriteOperation |\
Init->WaitSignal |\
Init->ExtendedMode |\
Init->AsynchronousWait |\
Init->PageSize |\
Init->WriteBurst
);
if(Init->MemoryType == FSMC_MEMORY_TYPE_NOR)
{
tmpr |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE;
}
Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank] = tmpr;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the FSMC_NORSRAM peripheral
* @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param ExDevice: Pointer to NORSRAM extended mode device instance
* @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *ExDevice, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(ExDevice));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Disable the FSMC_NORSRAM device */
__FSMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
/* De-initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device */
/* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 */
if(Bank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
{
Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030DB;
}
/* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2, FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 or FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
else
{
Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030D2;
}
Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
ExDevice->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
* @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
{
uint32_t tmpr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Get the BTCR register value */
tmpr = Device->BTCR[Bank + 1];
/* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */
tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BTR1_ADDSET | FSMC_BTR1_ADDHLD | FSMC_BTR1_DATAST | \
FSMC_BTR1_BUSTURN | FSMC_BTR1_CLKDIV | FSMC_BTR1_DATLAT | \
FSMC_BTR1_ACCMOD));
/* Set FSMC_NORSRAM device timing parameters */
tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime |\
((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4) |\
((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8) |\
((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16) |\
(((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20) |\
(((Timing->DataLatency)-2) << 24) |\
(Timing->AccessMode));
Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = tmpr;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Extended mode Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
* @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t ExtendedMode)
{
uint32_t tmpr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(ExtendedMode));
/* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
if(ExtendedMode == FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Get the BWTR register value */
tmpr = Device->BWTR[Bank];
/* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN and ACCMOD bits */
tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BWTR1_ADDSET | FSMC_BWTR1_ADDHLD | FSMC_BWTR1_DATAST | \
FSMC_BWTR1_BUSTURN | FSMC_BWTR1_ACCMOD));
tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime |\
((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4) |\
((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8) |\
((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16) |\
(Timing->AccessMode));
Device->BWTR[Bank] = tmpr;
}
else
{
Device->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group2
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FSMC_NORSRAM Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
the FSMC NORSRAM interface.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation.
* @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Enable write operation */
Device->BTCR[Bank] |= FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation.
* @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Disable write operation */
Device->BTCR[Bank] &= ~FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NAND
* @brief NAND Controller functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use NAND device driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NAND banks in order
to run the NAND external devices.
(+) FSMC NAND bank reset using the function FSMC_NAND_DeInit()
(+) FSMC NAND bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NAND_Init()
(+) FSMC NAND bank common space timing configuration using the function
FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC NAND bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC NAND bank enable/disable ECC correction feature using the functions
FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable()/FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable()
(+) FSMC NAND bank get ECC correction code using the function FSMC_NAND_GetECC()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NAND_Private_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NAND interface
(+) De-initialize the FSMC NAND interface
(+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND device according to the specified
* control parameters in the FSMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef
* @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Init: Pointer to NAND Initialization structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init)
{
uint32_t tmpr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
if(Init->NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */
tmpr = Device->PCR2;
}
else
{
/* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
tmpr = Device->PCR3;
}
/* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */
tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PCR2_PWAITEN | FSMC_PCR2_PBKEN | FSMC_PCR2_PTYP | \
FSMC_PCR2_PWID | FSMC_PCR2_ECCEN | FSMC_PCR2_TCLR | \
FSMC_PCR2_TAR | FSMC_PCR2_ECCPS));
/* Set NAND device control parameters */
tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature |\
FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND |\
Init->MemoryDataWidth |\
Init->EccComputation |\
Init->ECCPageSize |\
((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << 9) |\
((Init->TARSetupTime) << 13));
if(Init->NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
Device->PCR2 = tmpr;
}
else
{
/* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
Device->PCR3 = tmpr;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
* @param Bank: NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
{
uint32_t tmpr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */
tmpr = Device->PMEM2;
}
else
{
/* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
tmpr = Device->PMEM3;
}
/* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */
tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PMEM2_MEMSET2 | FSMC_PMEM2_MEMWAIT2 | FSMC_PMEM2_MEMHOLD2 | \
FSMC_PMEM2_MEMHIZ2));
/* Set FSMC_NAND device timing parameters */
tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)
);
if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
Device->PMEM2 = tmpr;
}
else
{
/* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
Device->PMEM3 = tmpr;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
* @param Bank: NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
{
uint32_t tmpr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */
tmpr = Device->PATT2;
}
else
{
/* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
tmpr = Device->PATT3;
}
/* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */
tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PATT2_ATTSET2 | FSMC_PATT2_ATTWAIT2 | FSMC_PATT2_ATTHOLD2 | \
FSMC_PATT2_ATTHIZ2));
/* Set FSMC_NAND device timing parameters */
tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)
);
if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
Device->PATT2 = tmpr;
}
else
{
/* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
Device->PATT3 = tmpr;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the FSMC_NAND device
* @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Bank: NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_DeInit(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Disable the NAND Bank */
__FSMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
/* De-initialize the NAND Bank */
if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK2 registers to their reset values */
Device->PCR2 = 0x00000018;
Device->SR2 = 0x00000040;
Device->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
Device->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
}
/* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */
else
{
/* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK3 registers to their reset values */
Device->PCR3 = 0x00000018;
Device->SR3 = 0x00000040;
Device->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
Device->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NAND_Private_Functions_Group2
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FSMC_NAND Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
the FSMC NAND interface.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
* @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Bank: NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Enable ECC feature */
if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
Device->PCR2 |= FSMC_PCR2_ECCEN;
}
else
{
Device->PCR3 |= FSMC_PCR3_ECCEN;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
* @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Bank: NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Disable ECC feature */
if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
Device->PCR2 &= ~FSMC_PCR2_ECCEN;
}
else
{
Device->PCR3 &= ~FSMC_PCR3_ECCEN;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
* @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param ECCval: Pointer to ECC value
* @param Bank: NAND bank number
* @param Timeout: Timeout wait value
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_GetECC(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait until FIFO is empty */
while(__FSMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET)
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
{
/* Get the ECCR2 register value */
*ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR2;
}
else
{
/* Get the ECCR3 register value */
*ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR3;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_PCCARD
* @brief PCCARD Controller functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use PCCARD device driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC PCCARD bank in order
to run the PCCARD/compact flash external devices.
(+) FSMC PCCARD bank reset using the function FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit()
(+) FSMC PCCARD bank control configuration using the function FSMC_PCCARD_Init()
(+) FSMC PCCARD bank common space timing configuration using the function
FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC PCCARD bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
(+) FSMC PCCARD bank IO space timing configuration using the function
FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_PCCARD_Private_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the FSMC PCCARD interface
(+) De-initialize the FSMC PCCARD interface
(+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD device according to the specified
* control parameters in the FSMC_PCCARD_HandleTypeDef
* @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
* @param Init: Pointer to PCCARD Initialization structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef *Init)
{
uint32_t tmpr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
/* Get PCCARD control register value */
tmpr = Device->PCR4;
/* Clear TAR, TCLR, PWAITEN and PWID bits */
tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PCR4_TAR | FSMC_PCR4_TCLR | FSMC_PCR4_PWAITEN | \
FSMC_PCR4_PWID));
/* Set FSMC_PCCARD device control parameters */
tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature |\
FSMC_NAND_PCC_MEM_BUS_WIDTH_16 |\
(Init->TCLRSetupTime << 9) |\
(Init->TARSetupTime << 13));
Device->PCR4 = tmpr;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Common space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
* @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
{
uint32_t tmpr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
/* Get PCCARD common space timing register value */
tmpr = Device->PMEM4;
/* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */
tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PMEM4_MEMSET4 | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMWAIT4 | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHOLD4 | \
FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHIZ4));
/* Set PCCARD timing parameters */
tmpr |= (uint32_t)((Timing->SetupTime |\
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\
(Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
Device->PMEM4 = tmpr;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Attribute space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
* @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
{
uint32_t tmpr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
/* Get PCCARD timing parameters */
tmpr = Device->PATT4;
/* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */
tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PATT4_ATTSET4 | FSMC_PATT4_ATTWAIT4 | FSMC_PATT4_ATTHOLD4 | \
FSMC_PATT4_ATTHIZ4));
/* Set PCCARD timing parameters */
tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
Device->PATT4 = tmpr;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD IO space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
* @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
{
uint32_t tmpr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
/* Get FSMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */
tmpr = Device->PIO4;
/* Clear IOSET4, IOWAIT4, IOHOLD4 and IOHIZ4 bits */
tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PIO4_IOSET4 | FSMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4 | FSMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4 | \
FSMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4));
/* Set FSMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */
tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime |\
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8) |\
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16) |\
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
Device->PIO4 = tmpr;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the FSMC_PCCARD device
* @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device)
{
/* Disable the FSMC_PCCARD device */
__FSMC_PCCARD_DISABLE(Device);
/* De-initialize the FSMC_PCCARD device */
Device->PCR4 = 0x00000018;
Device->SR4 = 0x00000000;
Device->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
Device->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
Device->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

509
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,509 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.4.2
* @date 10-November-2015
* @brief SDMMC Low Layer HAL module driver.
*
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the SDMMC peripheral:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + I/O operation functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SDMMC peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The SD/SDIO MMC card host interface (SDIO) provides an interface between the APB2
peripheral bus and MultiMedia cards (MMCs), SD memory cards, SDIO cards and CE-ATA
devices.
[..] The SDIO features include the following:
(+) Full compliance with MultiMedia Card System Specification Version 4.2. Card support
for three different databus modes: 1-bit (default), 4-bit and 8-bit
(+) Full compatibility with previous versions of MultiMedia Cards (forward compatibility)
(+) Full compliance with SD Memory Card Specifications Version 2.0
(+) Full compliance with SD I/O Card Specification Version 2.0: card support for two
different data bus modes: 1-bit (default) and 4-bit
(+) Full support of the CE-ATA features (full compliance with CE-ATA digital protocol
Rev1.1)
(+) Data transfer up to 48 MHz for the 8 bit mode
(+) Data and command output enable signals to control external bidirectional drivers.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver is a considered as a driver of service for external devices drivers
that interfaces with the SDIO peripheral.
According to the device used (SD card/ MMC card / SDIO card ...), a set of APIs
is used in the device's driver to perform SDIO operations and functionalities.
This driver is almost transparent for the final user, it is only used to implement other
functionalities of the external device.
[..]
(+) The SDIO clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz) is coming from a specific output of PLL
(PLL48CLK). Before start working with SDIO peripheral make sure that the
PLL is well configured.
The SDIO peripheral uses two clock signals:
(++) SDIO adapter clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz)
(++) APB2 bus clock (PCLK2)
-@@- PCLK2 and SDIO_CK clock frequencies must respect the following condition:
Frequency(PCLK2) >= (3 / 8 x Frequency(SDIO_CK))
(+) Enable/Disable peripheral clock using RCC peripheral macros related to SDIO
peripheral.
(+) Enable the Power ON State using the SDIO_PowerState_ON(SDIOx)
function and disable it using the function SDIO_PowerState_OFF(SDIOx).
(+) Enable/Disable the clock using the __SDIO_ENABLE()/__SDIO_DISABLE() macros.
(+) Enable/Disable the peripheral interrupts using the macros __SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsdio, IT)
and __SDIO_DISABLE_IT(hsdio, IT) if you need to use interrupt mode.
(+) When using the DMA mode
(++) Configure the DMA in the MSP layer of the external device
(++) Active the needed channel Request
(++) Enable the DMA using __SDIO_DMA_ENABLE() macro or Disable it using the macro
__SDIO_DMA_DISABLE().
(+) To control the CPSM (Command Path State Machine) and send
commands to the card use the SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx),
SDIO_GetCommandResponse() and SDIO_GetResponse() functions. First, user has
to fill the command structure (pointer to SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef) according
to the selected command to be sent.
The parameters that should be filled are:
(++) Command Argument
(++) Command Index
(++) Command Response type
(++) Command Wait
(++) CPSM Status (Enable or Disable).
-@@- To check if the command is well received, read the SDIO_CMDRESP
register using the SDIO_GetCommandResponse().
The SDIO responses registers (SDIO_RESP1 to SDIO_RESP2), use the
SDIO_GetResponse() function.
(+) To control the DPSM (Data Path State Machine) and send/receive
data to/from the card use the SDIO_DataConfig(), SDIO_GetDataCounter(),
SDIO_ReadFIFO(), DIO_WriteFIFO() and SDIO_GetFIFOCount() functions.
*** Read Operations ***
=======================
[..]
(#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to
SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received.
The parameters that should be filled are:
(++) Data Timeout
(++) Data Length
(++) Data Block size
(++) Data Transfer direction: should be from card (To SDIO)
(++) Data Transfer mode
(++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable)
(#) Configure the SDIO resources to receive the data from the card
according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10).
(#) Send the selected Read command (refer to step 11).
(#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status.
*** Write Operations ***
========================
[..]
(#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to
SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received.
The parameters that should be filled are:
(++) Data Timeout
(++) Data Length
(++) Data Block size
(++) Data Transfer direction: should be to card (To CARD)
(++) Data Transfer mode
(++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable)
(#) Configure the SDIO resources to send the data to the card according to
selected transfer mode.
(#) Send the selected Write command.
(#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL SDMMC Low Layer
* @brief Low layer module for SD and MMC driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED)
#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || \
defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || \
defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx) || \
defined(STM32F469xx) || defined(STM32F479xx)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL_Exported_Functions SDMMC_LL Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the SDIO according to the specified
* parameters in the SDIO_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
* @param Init: SDIO initialization structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_Init(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_InitTypeDef Init)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_ALL_INSTANCE(SDIOx));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(Init.ClockEdge));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(Init.ClockBypass));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(Init.ClockPowerSave));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(Init.BusWide));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(Init.HardwareFlowControl));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLKDIV(Init.ClockDiv));
/* Set SDIO configuration parameters */
tmpreg |= (Init.ClockEdge |\
Init.ClockBypass |\
Init.ClockPowerSave |\
Init.BusWide |\
Init.HardwareFlowControl |\
Init.ClockDiv
);
/* Write to SDIO CLKCR */
MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->CLKCR, CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group2 I/O operation functions
* @brief Data transfers functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### I/O operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SDIO data
transfers.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Read data (word) from Rx FIFO in blocking mode (polling)
* @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
* @retval HAL status
*/
uint32_t SDIO_ReadFIFO(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
{
/* Read data from Rx FIFO */
return (SDIOx->FIFO);
}
/**
* @brief Write data (word) to Tx FIFO in blocking mode (polling)
* @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
* @param pWriteData: pointer to data to write
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_WriteFIFO(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t *pWriteData)
{
/* Write data to FIFO */
SDIOx->FIFO = *pWriteData;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SDIO data
transfers.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set SDIO Power state to ON.
* @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_PowerState_ON(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
{
/* Set power state to ON */
SDIOx->POWER = SDIO_POWER_PWRCTRL;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set SDIO Power state to OFF.
* @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_PowerState_OFF(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
{
/* Set power state to OFF */
SDIOx->POWER = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Get SDIO Power state.
* @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
* @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can be one of the
* following values:
* - 0x00: Power OFF
* - 0x02: Power UP
* - 0x03: Power ON
*/
uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
{
return (SDIOx->POWER & SDIO_POWER_PWRCTRL);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the SDIO command path according to the specified parameters in
* SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef structure and send the command
* @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
* @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct: pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the SDIO command
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CmdIndex));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->Response));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_WAIT(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->WaitForInterrupt));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CPSM(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CPSM));
/* Set the SDIO Argument value */
SDIOx->ARG = SDIO_CmdInitStruct->Argument;
/* Set SDIO command parameters */
tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CmdIndex |\
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->Response |\
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->WaitForInterrupt |\
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CPSM);
/* Write to SDIO CMD register */
MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->CMD, CMD_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Return the command index of last command for which response received
* @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
* @retval Command index of the last command response received
*/
uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
{
return (uint8_t)(SDIOx->RESPCMD);
}
/**
* @brief Return the response received from the card for the last command
* @param SDIO_RESP: Specifies the SDIO response register.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1
* @arg SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2
* @arg SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3
* @arg SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4
* @retval The Corresponding response register value
*/
uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESP(SDIO_RESP));
/* Get the response */
tmp = SDIO_RESP_ADDR + SDIO_RESP;
return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the SDIO data path according to the specified
* parameters in the SDIO_DataInitTypeDef.
* @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
* @param SDIO_DataInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the SDIO command.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataLength));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataBlockSize));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferDir));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferMode));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_DPSM(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DPSM));
/* Set the SDIO Data Timeout value */
SDIOx->DTIMER = SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataTimeOut;
/* Set the SDIO DataLength value */
SDIOx->DLEN = SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataLength;
/* Set the SDIO data configuration parameters */
tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataBlockSize |\
SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferDir |\
SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferMode |\
SDIO_DataInitStruct->DPSM);
/* Write to SDIO DCTRL */
MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->DCTRL, DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred.
* @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
* @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred
*/
uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
{
return (SDIOx->DCOUNT);
}
/**
* @brief Get the FIFO data
* @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
* @retval Data received
*/
uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
{
return (SDIOx->FIFO);
}
/**
* @brief Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval.
* @param SDIO_ReadWaitMode: SD I/O Read Wait operation mode.
* This parameter can be:
* @arg SDIO_READ_WAIT_MODE_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDIOCLK
* @arg SDIO_READ_WAIT_MODE_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDIO_DATA2
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(SDIO_ReadWaitMode));
*(__IO uint32_t *)DCTRL_RWMOD_BB = SDIO_ReadWaitMode;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx ||
STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx || STM32F469xx || STM32F479xx */
#endif /* (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || (HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED) */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1709
HALLIB/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff